]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Bind examples/calc++ to the package.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
150 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
151
152 Examples
153
154 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
155 a first example with no operator precedence.
156 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
157 Operator precedence is introduced.
158 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
159 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
160 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
161 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
162 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
163
164 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
165
166 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
167 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
168 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
169 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
170 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
171 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
172 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
173
174 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
175
176 * Rpcalc Input::
177 * Rpcalc Line::
178 * Rpcalc Expr::
179
180 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
181
182 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
183 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
184 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
185
186 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
187
188 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
189 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
190 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
191
192 Bison Grammar Files
193
194 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
195 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
196 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
197 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
198 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
199 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
200 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
201 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
202
203 Outline of a Bison Grammar
204
205 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
206 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
207 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
208 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
209
210 Defining Language Semantics
211
212 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
213 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
214 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
215 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
216 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
217 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
218 action in the middle of a rule.
219
220 Tracking Locations
221
222 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
223 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
224 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
225
226 Bison Declarations
227
228 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
229 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
230 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
231 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
232 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
233 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
234 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
235 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
236 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
237 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
238
239 Parser C-Language Interface
240
241 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
242 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
243 which reads tokens.
244 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
245 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
246
247 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
248
249 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
250 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
251 of the token it has read.
252 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
253 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
254 actions want that.
255 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
256 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
257
258 The Bison Parser Algorithm
259
260 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
261 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
262 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
263 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
264 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
265 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
266 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
267 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
268 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
269
270 Operator Precedence
271
272 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
273 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
274 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
275 * How Precedence:: How they work.
276
277 Handling Context Dependencies
278
279 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
280 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
281 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
282 error recovery rules must be written.
283
284 Debugging Your Parser
285
286 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
287 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
288
289 Invoking Bison
290
291 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
292 in alphabetical order by short options.
293 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
294 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
295
296 C++ Language Interface
297
298 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
299 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
300
301 C++ Parsers
302
303 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
304 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
305 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
306 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
307 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
308
309 A Complete C++ Example
310
311 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
312 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
313 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
314 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
315 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
316
317 Frequently Asked Questions
318
319 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
320 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
321 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
322 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
323
324 Copying This Manual
325
326 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
327
328 @end detailmenu
329 @end menu
330
331 @node Introduction
332 @unnumbered Introduction
333 @cindex introduction
334
335 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
336 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
337 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
338 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
339 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
340
341 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
342 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
343 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
344 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
345
346 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
347 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
348 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
349 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
350
351 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
352 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
353 multi-character string literals and other features.
354
355 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
356
357 @node Conditions
358 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
359
360 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
361 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
362 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
376 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
377 @code{yyparse},
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
388 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
389 as usual. You can
390 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
391 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
392 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
393 that output file without restriction.''
394
395 @include gpl.texi
396
397 @node Concepts
398 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
399
400 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
401 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
402 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
403
404 @menu
405 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
406 as mathematical ideas.
407 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
408 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
409 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
410 the name of an identifier, etc.).
411 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
412 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
413 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
414 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
415 how is the output used?
416 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
417 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
418 @end menu
419
420 @node Language and Grammar
421 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
422
423 @cindex context-free grammar
424 @cindex grammar, context-free
425 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
426 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
427 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
428 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
429 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
430 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
431 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
432 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
433 recursion.
434
435 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
436 @cindex Backus-Naur form
437 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
438 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
439 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
440 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
441 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
442
443 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
444 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
445 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
446 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
447 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
448 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
449 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
450 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
451 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
452 restrictions that are
453 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
454 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
455 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
456 more information on this.
457
458 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
459 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
460 @cindex ambiguous grammars
461 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
462
463 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
464 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
465 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
466 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
467 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
468 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
469 grammars can be @dfn{non-deterministic}, meaning that no fixed
470 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
471 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
472 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
473 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
474 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
475 possible parses of any given string is finite.
476
477 @cindex symbols (abstract)
478 @cindex token
479 @cindex syntactic grouping
480 @cindex grouping, syntactic
481 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
482 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
483 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
484 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
485 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
486 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
487 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
488
489 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
490 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
491 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
492 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
493 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
494 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
495 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
496 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
497 lexicography, not grammar.)
498
499 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
500
501 @ifinfo
502 @example
503 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
504 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
505 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
506 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
507 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
508 identifier, semicolon} */
509 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
510 @end example
511 @end ifinfo
512 @ifnotinfo
513 @example
514 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
515 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
516 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
517 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
518 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
519 @end example
520 @end ifnotinfo
521
522 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
523 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
524 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
525 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
526 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
527 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
528 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
529 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
530
531 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
532 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
533 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
534 reads informally as follows:
535
536 @quotation
537 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
538 `semicolon'.
539 @end quotation
540
541 @noindent
542 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
543 statement in C.
544
545 @cindex start symbol
546 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
547 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
548 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
549 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
550 plays this role.
551
552 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
553 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
554 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
555 not the start symbol.
556
557 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
558 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
559 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
560 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
561 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
562 reports a syntax error.
563
564 @node Grammar in Bison
565 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
566 @cindex Bison grammar
567 @cindex grammar, Bison
568 @cindex formal grammar
569
570 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
571 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
572 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
573
574 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
575 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
576 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
577
578 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
579 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
580 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
581 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
582 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
583 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
584 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
585 @xref{Symbols}.
586
587 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
588 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
589 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
590 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
591
592 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
593 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
594
595 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
596 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
597 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
598 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
599 used in every rule.
600
601 @example
602 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
603 ;
604 @end example
605
606 @noindent
607 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
608
609 @node Semantic Values
610 @section Semantic Values
611 @cindex semantic value
612 @cindex value, semantic
613
614 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
615 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
616 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
617 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
618 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
619 grammatical.
620
621 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
622 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
623 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
624 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
625 ,Defining Language Semantics},
626 for details.
627
628 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
629 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
630 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
631 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
632 except their types.
633
634 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
635 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
636 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
637 need to have any semantic value.)
638
639 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
640 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
641 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
642 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
643 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
644 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
645
646 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
647 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
648 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
649 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
650 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
651
652 @node Semantic Actions
653 @section Semantic Actions
654 @cindex semantic actions
655 @cindex actions, semantic
656
657 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
658 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
659 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
660 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
661 @xref{Actions}.
662
663 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
664 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
665 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
666 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
667 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
668 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
669 newly recognized larger expression.
670
671 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
672 two subexpressions:
673
674 @example
675 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
676 ;
677 @end example
678
679 @noindent
680 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
681 from the values of the two subexpressions.
682
683 @node GLR Parsers
684 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
685 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
686 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
687 @findex %glr-parser
688 @cindex conflicts
689 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
690 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
691
692 In some grammars, Bison's standard
693 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
694 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
695 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
696 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
697 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
698 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
700 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
701
702 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
703 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
704 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
705 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
706 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
707 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
708 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
709 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
710 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
711 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
712 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
713 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
714 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
715 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
716 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
717 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
718 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
719 identical set of symbols.
720
721 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
722 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
723 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
724 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
725 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
726 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
727 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
728 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
729 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
730 merged result.
731
732 @menu
733 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars
734 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR}, almost
911 without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however, there
912 are at least two potential problems to beware.
913 First, always analyze the conflicts reported by
914 Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR} splitting is only done where it is
915 intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser splitting inadvertently may cause
916 problems less obvious than an @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the
917 wrong alternative in a conflict.
918 Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic Tokens})
919 with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens
920 without performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot
921 obtain information via parser actions. Some cases of
922 lexer interactions can be eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to
923 shift the complications from the lexer to the parser. You must check
924 the remaining cases for correctness.
925
926 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens
927 based on their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new
928 symbols are defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it
929 is possible for a parser to define the enumeration
930 constants as they are parsed, before the type declaration is
931 completed, it actually makes no difference since they cannot be used
932 within the same enumerated type declaration.
933
934 @node Merging GLR Parses
935 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
936 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
937 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
938 @findex %dprec
939 @findex %merge
940 @cindex conflicts
941 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
942
943 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
944
945 @example
946 %@{
947 #include <stdio.h>
948 #define YYSTYPE char const *
949 int yylex (void);
950 void yyerror (char const *);
951 %@}
952
953 %token TYPENAME ID
954
955 %right '='
956 %left '+'
957
958 %glr-parser
959
960 %%
961
962 prog :
963 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
964 ;
965
966 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
967 | decl %dprec 2
968 ;
969
970 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
971 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
972 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
973 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
974 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
975 ;
976
977 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
979 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
980 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
981 ;
982
983 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
984 | '(' declarator ')'
985 ;
986 @end example
987
988 @noindent
989 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
990 certain declarations and statements. For example,
991
992 @example
993 T (x) = y+z;
994 @end example
995
996 @noindent
997 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
998 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
999 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1000 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1001 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1002 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1003 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1004 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1005 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1006 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1007 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1008 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1009 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1010 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1011
1012 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1013 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1014 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1015 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1016 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1017 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1018 The parser therefore prints
1019
1020 @example
1021 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1022 @end example
1023
1024 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1025 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1026
1027 @example
1028 T (x) + y;
1029 @end example
1030
1031 @noindent
1032 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1033 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1034 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1035 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1036 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1037 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1038 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1039 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1040 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1041 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1042
1043 @example
1044 x T <cast> y +
1045 @end example
1046
1047 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1048 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1049 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1050 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1051 follows:
1052
1053 @example
1054 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1055 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1056 ;
1057 @end example
1058
1059 @noindent
1060 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1061
1062 @example
1063 static YYSTYPE
1064 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1065 @{
1066 printf ("<OR> ");
1067 return "";
1068 @}
1069 @end example
1070
1071 @noindent
1072 with an accompanying forward declaration
1073 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1074
1075 @example
1076 %@{
1077 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1078 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1079 %@}
1080 @end example
1081
1082 @noindent
1083 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1084 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1085
1086 @example
1087 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1088 @end example
1089
1090 Bison requires that all of the
1091 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1092 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1093 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1094 the offending merge.
1095
1096 @node Compiler Requirements
1097 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1098 @cindex @code{inline}
1099 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1100
1101 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1102 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1103 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1104 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1105 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1106 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1107
1108 @example
1109 %@{
1110 #include <config.h>
1111 %@}
1112 @end example
1113
1114 @noindent
1115 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1116
1117 @example
1118 %@{
1119 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1120 #define inline
1121 #endif
1122 %@}
1123 @end example
1124
1125 @node Locations Overview
1126 @section Locations
1127 @cindex location
1128 @cindex textual location
1129 @cindex location, textual
1130
1131 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1132 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1133 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1134 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1135
1136 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1137 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1138 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1139 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1140
1141 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1142 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1143 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1144 @code{@@3}.
1145
1146 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1147 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1148 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1149 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1150 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1151 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1152 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1153
1154 @node Bison Parser
1155 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1156 @cindex Bison parser
1157 @cindex Bison utility
1158 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1159 @cindex parser
1160
1161 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1162 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1163 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1164 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1165 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1166 program.
1167
1168 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1169 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1170 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1171 uses.
1172
1173 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1174 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1175 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1176 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1177 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1178 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1179 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1180
1181 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1182 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1183 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1184 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1185 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1186 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1187 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1188 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1189
1190 If your code defines a C preprocessor macro @code{_} (a single
1191 underscore), Bison assumes that it can be used to translate
1192 English-language strings to the user's preferred language using a
1193 function-like syntax, e.g., @code{_("syntax error")}. Otherwise,
1194 Bison defines a no-op macro by that name that merely returns its
1195 argument, so strings are not translated.
1196
1197 Aside from @code{_} and the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1198 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1199 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1200 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1201 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1202 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1203 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1204 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1205 this manual.
1206
1207 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1208 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1209 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>},
1210 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1211 declare memory allocators and related types. Other system headers may
1212 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1213 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1214
1215 @node Stages
1216 @section Stages in Using Bison
1217 @cindex stages in using Bison
1218 @cindex using Bison
1219
1220 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1221 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1222
1223 @enumerate
1224 @item
1225 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1226 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1227 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1228 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1229 sequence of C statements.
1230
1231 @item
1232 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1233 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1234 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1235 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1236
1237 @item
1238 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1239
1240 @item
1241 Write error-reporting routines.
1242 @end enumerate
1243
1244 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1245 must follow these steps:
1246
1247 @enumerate
1248 @item
1249 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1250
1251 @item
1252 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1253
1254 @item
1255 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1256 @end enumerate
1257
1258 @node Grammar Layout
1259 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1260 @cindex grammar file
1261 @cindex file format
1262 @cindex format of grammar file
1263 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1264
1265 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1266 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1267
1268 @example
1269 %@{
1270 @var{Prologue}
1271 %@}
1272
1273 @var{Bison declarations}
1274
1275 %%
1276 @var{Grammar rules}
1277 %%
1278 @var{Epilogue}
1279 @end example
1280
1281 @noindent
1282 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1283 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1284
1285 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1286 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1287 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1288 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1289 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1290 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1291
1292 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1293 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1294 semantic values of various symbols.
1295
1296 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1297 parts.
1298
1299 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1300 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1301 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1302
1303 @node Examples
1304 @chapter Examples
1305 @cindex simple examples
1306 @cindex examples, simple
1307
1308 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1309 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1310 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1311 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1312 desk-top calculator.
1313
1314 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1315 languages are written the same way.
1316 @ifinfo
1317 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1318 to try them.
1319 @end ifinfo
1320
1321 @menu
1322 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1323 a first example with no operator precedence.
1324 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1325 Operator precedence is introduced.
1326 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1327 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1328 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1329 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1330 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1331 @end menu
1332
1333 @node RPN Calc
1334 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1335 @cindex reverse polish notation
1336 @cindex polish notation calculator
1337 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1338 @cindex calculator, simple
1339
1340 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1341 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1342 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1343 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1344
1345 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1346 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1347
1348 @menu
1349 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1350 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1351 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1352 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1353 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1354 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1355 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1356 @end menu
1357
1358 @node Rpcalc Decls
1359 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1360
1361 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1362 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1363
1364 @example
1365 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1366
1367 %@{
1368 #define YYSTYPE double
1369 #include <math.h>
1370 int yylex (void);
1371 void yyerror (char const *);
1372 %@}
1373
1374 %token NUM
1375
1376 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1377 @end example
1378
1379 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1380 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1381
1382 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1383 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1384 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1385 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1386 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1387 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1388 which is a floating point number.
1389
1390 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1391 function @code{pow}.
1392
1393 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1394 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1395 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1396 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1397 prologue.
1398
1399 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1400 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1401 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1402 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1403 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1404 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1405 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1406 type for numeric constants.
1407
1408 @node Rpcalc Rules
1409 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1410
1411 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1412
1413 @example
1414 input: /* empty */
1415 | input line
1416 ;
1417
1418 line: '\n'
1419 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1420 ;
1421
1422 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1423 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1424 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1425 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1426 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1427 /* Exponentiation */
1428 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1429 /* Unary minus */
1430 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1431 ;
1432 %%
1433 @end example
1434
1435 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1436 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1437 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1438 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1439 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1440 mean.
1441
1442 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1443 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1444 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1445
1446 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1447 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1448 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1449 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1450 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1451 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1452
1453 @menu
1454 * Rpcalc Input::
1455 * Rpcalc Line::
1456 * Rpcalc Expr::
1457 @end menu
1458
1459 @node Rpcalc Input
1460 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1461
1462 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1463
1464 @example
1465 input: /* empty */
1466 | input line
1467 ;
1468 @end example
1469
1470 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1471 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1472 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1473 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1474 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1475
1476 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1477 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1478 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1479 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1480 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1481 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1482
1483 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1484 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1485 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1486 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1487 more times.
1488
1489 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1490 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1491 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1492
1493 @node Rpcalc Line
1494 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1495
1496 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1497
1498 @example
1499 line: '\n'
1500 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1501 ;
1502 @end example
1503
1504 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1505 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1506 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1507 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1508 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1509 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1510 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1511
1512 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1513 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1514 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1515 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1516 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1517
1518 @node Rpcalc Expr
1519 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1520
1521 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1522 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1523 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1524 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1525
1526 @example
1527 exp: NUM
1528 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1529 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1530 @dots{}
1531 ;
1532 @end example
1533
1534 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1535 equally well have written them separately:
1536
1537 @example
1538 exp: NUM ;
1539 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1540 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1541 @dots{}
1542 @end example
1543
1544 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1545 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1546 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1547 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1548 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1549 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1550 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1551 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1552
1553 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1554 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1555 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1556
1557 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1558 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1559 For example, this:
1560
1561 @example
1562 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1563 @end example
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 means the same thing as this:
1567
1568 @example
1569 exp: NUM
1570 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1571 | @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 @noindent
1576 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1577
1578 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1579 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1580 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1581 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1582
1583 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1584 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1585 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1586 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1587
1588 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1589 calculator. This
1590 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1591 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1592 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1593 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1594
1595 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1596 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1597 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1598 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1599 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1600 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1601 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1602 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1603 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1604
1605 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1606 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1607 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1608 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1609 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1610
1611 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1612 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1613
1614 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1615
1616 @example
1617 @group
1618 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1619 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1620 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1621 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1622
1623 #include <ctype.h>
1624 @end group
1625
1626 @group
1627 int
1628 yylex (void)
1629 @{
1630 int c;
1631
1632 /* Skip white space. */
1633 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1634 ;
1635 @end group
1636 @group
1637 /* Process numbers. */
1638 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1639 @{
1640 ungetc (c, stdin);
1641 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1642 return NUM;
1643 @}
1644 @end group
1645 @group
1646 /* Return end-of-input. */
1647 if (c == EOF)
1648 return 0;
1649 /* Return a single char. */
1650 return c;
1651 @}
1652 @end group
1653 @end example
1654
1655 @node Rpcalc Main
1656 @subsection The Controlling Function
1657 @cindex controlling function
1658 @cindex main function in simple example
1659
1660 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1661 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1662 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1663
1664 @example
1665 @group
1666 int
1667 main (void)
1668 @{
1669 return yyparse ();
1670 @}
1671 @end group
1672 @end example
1673
1674 @node Rpcalc Error
1675 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1676 @cindex error reporting routine
1677
1678 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1679 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1680 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1681 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1682 here is the definition we will use:
1683
1684 @example
1685 @group
1686 #include <stdio.h>
1687
1688 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1689 void
1690 yyerror (char const *s)
1691 @{
1692 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1693 @}
1694 @end group
1695 @end example
1696
1697 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1698 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1699 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1700 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1701 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1702 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1703
1704 @node Rpcalc Gen
1705 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1706 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1707
1708 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1709 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1710 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1711 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1712 end, in the epilogue of the file
1713 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1714
1715 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1716 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1717
1718 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1719 convert it into a parser file:
1720
1721 @example
1722 bison @var{file_name}.y
1723 @end example
1724
1725 @noindent
1726 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1727 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file_name}.tab.c},
1728 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1729 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1730 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1731 are copied verbatim to the output.
1732
1733 @node Rpcalc Compile
1734 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1735 @cindex compiling the parser
1736
1737 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1738
1739 @example
1740 @group
1741 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1742 $ @kbd{ls}
1743 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1744 @end group
1745
1746 @group
1747 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1748 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1749 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1750 @end group
1751
1752 @group
1753 # @r{List files again.}
1754 $ @kbd{ls}
1755 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1756 @end group
1757 @end example
1758
1759 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1760 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1761
1762 @example
1763 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1764 @kbd{4 9 +}
1765 13
1766 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1767 -13
1768 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1769 13
1770 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1771 -3.166666667
1772 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1773 81
1774 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1775 $
1776 @end example
1777
1778 @node Infix Calc
1779 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1780 @cindex infix notation calculator
1781 @cindex @code{calc}
1782 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1783
1784 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1785 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1786 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1787 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1788
1789 @example
1790 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1791
1792 %@{
1793 #define YYSTYPE double
1794 #include <math.h>
1795 #include <stdio.h>
1796 int yylex (void);
1797 void yyerror (char const *);
1798 %@}
1799
1800 /* Bison declarations. */
1801 %token NUM
1802 %left '-' '+'
1803 %left '*' '/'
1804 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1805 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1806
1807 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1808 input: /* empty */
1809 | input line
1810 ;
1811
1812 line: '\n'
1813 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1814 ;
1815
1816 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1817 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1818 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1819 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1820 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1821 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1822 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1823 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1824 ;
1825 %%
1826 @end example
1827
1828 @noindent
1829 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1830 same as before.
1831
1832 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1833
1834 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1835 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1836 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1837 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1838 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1839 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1840 the associativity.)
1841
1842 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1843 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1844 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1845 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1846 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1847 Precedence}.
1848
1849 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1850 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1851 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1852 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1853 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1854
1855 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1856
1857 @need 500
1858 @example
1859 $ @kbd{calc}
1860 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1861 6.880952381
1862 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1863 -54
1864 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1865 9
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @node Simple Error Recovery
1869 @section Simple Error Recovery
1870 @cindex error recovery, simple
1871
1872 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1873 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1874 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1875 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1876 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1877 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1878
1879 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1880 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1881 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1882
1883 @example
1884 @group
1885 line: '\n'
1886 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1887 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1888 ;
1889 @end group
1890 @end example
1891
1892 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1893 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1894 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1895 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1896 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1897 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1898 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1899 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1900 misprint.
1901
1902 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1903 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1904 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1905 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1906 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1907 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1908 Bison programs.
1909
1910 @node Location Tracking Calc
1911 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1912 @cindex location tracking calculator
1913 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1914 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1915
1916 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1917 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1918 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1919 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1920 analyzer.
1921
1922 @menu
1923 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1924 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1925 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1926 @end menu
1927
1928 @node Ltcalc Decls
1929 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1930
1931 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1932 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1933
1934 @example
1935 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1936
1937 %@{
1938 #define YYSTYPE int
1939 #include <math.h>
1940 int yylex (void);
1941 void yyerror (char const *);
1942 %@}
1943
1944 /* Bison declarations. */
1945 %token NUM
1946
1947 %left '-' '+'
1948 %left '*' '/'
1949 %left NEG
1950 %right '^'
1951
1952 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1953 @end example
1954
1955 @noindent
1956 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1957 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1958 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1959 four member structure with the following integer fields:
1960 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
1961 @code{last_column}.
1962
1963 @node Ltcalc Rules
1964 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
1965
1966 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
1967 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
1968 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
1969 from the new information.
1970
1971 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
1972 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
1973
1974 @example
1975 @group
1976 input : /* empty */
1977 | input line
1978 ;
1979 @end group
1980
1981 @group
1982 line : '\n'
1983 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
1984 ;
1985 @end group
1986
1987 @group
1988 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1989 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1990 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1991 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1992 @end group
1993 @group
1994 | exp '/' exp
1995 @{
1996 if ($3)
1997 $$ = $1 / $3;
1998 else
1999 @{
2000 $$ = 1;
2001 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2002 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2003 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2004 @}
2005 @}
2006 @end group
2007 @group
2008 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2009 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2010 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2011 @end group
2012 @end example
2013
2014 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2015 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2016 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2017
2018 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2019 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2020 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2021 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2022 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2023 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2024 hand.
2025
2026 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2027 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2028
2029 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2030 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2031 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2032 semantic values.
2033
2034 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2035 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2036
2037 @example
2038 @group
2039 int
2040 yylex (void)
2041 @{
2042 int c;
2043 @end group
2044
2045 @group
2046 /* Skip white space. */
2047 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2048 ++yylloc.last_column;
2049 @end group
2050
2051 @group
2052 /* Step. */
2053 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2054 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2055 @end group
2056
2057 @group
2058 /* Process numbers. */
2059 if (isdigit (c))
2060 @{
2061 yylval = c - '0';
2062 ++yylloc.last_column;
2063 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2064 @{
2065 ++yylloc.last_column;
2066 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2067 @}
2068 ungetc (c, stdin);
2069 return NUM;
2070 @}
2071 @end group
2072
2073 /* Return end-of-input. */
2074 if (c == EOF)
2075 return 0;
2076
2077 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2078 if (c == '\n')
2079 @{
2080 ++yylloc.last_line;
2081 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2082 @}
2083 else
2084 ++yylloc.last_column;
2085 return c;
2086 @}
2087 @end example
2088
2089 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2090 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2091 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2092 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2093
2094 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2095 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2096 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2097 controlling function:
2098
2099 @example
2100 @group
2101 int
2102 main (void)
2103 @{
2104 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2105 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2106 return yyparse ();
2107 @}
2108 @end group
2109 @end example
2110
2111 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2112 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2113 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2114
2115 @node Multi-function Calc
2116 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2117 @cindex multi-function calculator
2118 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2119 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2120
2121 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2122 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2123 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2124 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2125 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2126
2127 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2128 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2129 back all nonnumber characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2130 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2131 functions whose syntax has this form:
2132
2133 @example
2134 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2135 @end example
2136
2137 @noindent
2138 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2139 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2140 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2141
2142 @example
2143 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2144 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2145 3.1415926536
2146 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2147 0.0000000000
2148 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2149 2.3000000000
2150 @kbd{alpha}
2151 2.3000000000
2152 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2153 0.8329091229
2154 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2155 2.3000000000
2156 $
2157 @end example
2158
2159 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2160
2161 @menu
2162 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2163 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2164 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2165 @end menu
2166
2167 @node Mfcalc Decl
2168 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2169
2170 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2171
2172 @smallexample
2173 @group
2174 %@{
2175 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2176 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2177 int yylex (void);
2178 void yyerror (char const *);
2179 %@}
2180 @end group
2181 @group
2182 %union @{
2183 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2184 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2185 @}
2186 @end group
2187 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2188 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2189 %type <val> exp
2190
2191 @group
2192 %right '='
2193 %left '-' '+'
2194 %left '*' '/'
2195 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2196 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2197 @end group
2198 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2199 @end smallexample
2200
2201 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2202 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2203 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2204
2205 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2206 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2207 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2208 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2209
2210 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2211 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2212 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2213 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2214 between angle brackets).
2215
2216 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2217 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2218 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2219 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2220 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2221 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2222
2223 @node Mfcalc Rules
2224 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2225
2226 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2227 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2228 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2229
2230 @smallexample
2231 @group
2232 input: /* empty */
2233 | input line
2234 ;
2235 @end group
2236
2237 @group
2238 line:
2239 '\n'
2240 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2241 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2242 ;
2243 @end group
2244
2245 @group
2246 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2247 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2248 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2249 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2250 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2251 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2252 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2253 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2254 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2255 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2256 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2257 ;
2258 @end group
2259 /* End of grammar. */
2260 %%
2261 @end smallexample
2262
2263 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2264 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2265 @cindex symbol table example
2266
2267 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2268 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2269 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2270 requires some additional C functions for support.
2271
2272 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2273 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2274 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 /* Function type. */
2279 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2280 @end group
2281
2282 @group
2283 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2284 struct symrec
2285 @{
2286 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2287 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2288 union
2289 @{
2290 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2291 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2292 @} value;
2293 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2294 @};
2295 @end group
2296
2297 @group
2298 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2299
2300 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2301 extern symrec *sym_table;
2302
2303 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2304 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2305 @end group
2306 @end smallexample
2307
2308 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2309 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2310 @code{init_table} as well:
2311
2312 @smallexample
2313 #include <stdio.h>
2314
2315 @group
2316 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2317 void
2318 yyerror (char const *s)
2319 @{
2320 printf ("%s\n", s);
2321 @}
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 struct init
2326 @{
2327 char const *fname;
2328 double (*fnct) (double);
2329 @};
2330 @end group
2331
2332 @group
2333 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2334 @{
2335 "sin", sin,
2336 "cos", cos,
2337 "atan", atan,
2338 "ln", log,
2339 "exp", exp,
2340 "sqrt", sqrt,
2341 0, 0
2342 @};
2343 @end group
2344
2345 @group
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 symrec *sym_table;
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @group
2351 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2352 void
2353 init_table (void)
2354 @{
2355 int i;
2356 symrec *ptr;
2357 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2358 @{
2359 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2360 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2361 @}
2362 @}
2363 @end group
2364
2365 @group
2366 int
2367 main (void)
2368 @{
2369 init_table ();
2370 return yyparse ();
2371 @}
2372 @end group
2373 @end smallexample
2374
2375 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2376 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2377
2378 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2379 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2380 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2381 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2382 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2383 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2384
2385 @smallexample
2386 symrec *
2387 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2388 @{
2389 symrec *ptr;
2390 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2391 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2392 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2393 ptr->type = sym_type;
2394 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2395 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2396 sym_table = ptr;
2397 return ptr;
2398 @}
2399
2400 symrec *
2401 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2402 @{
2403 symrec *ptr;
2404 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2405 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2406 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2407 return ptr;
2408 return 0;
2409 @}
2410 @end smallexample
2411
2412 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2413 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2414 characters with a leading non-digit are recognized as either variables or
2415 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2416
2417 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2418 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2419 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2420 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2421 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2422 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2423
2424 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2425 operators in @code{yylex}.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 @group
2429 #include <ctype.h>
2430 @end group
2431
2432 @group
2433 int
2434 yylex (void)
2435 @{
2436 int c;
2437
2438 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2439 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2440
2441 if (c == EOF)
2442 return 0;
2443 @end group
2444
2445 @group
2446 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2447 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2448 @{
2449 ungetc (c, stdin);
2450 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2451 return NUM;
2452 @}
2453 @end group
2454
2455 @group
2456 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2457 if (isalpha (c))
2458 @{
2459 symrec *s;
2460 static char *symbuf = 0;
2461 static int length = 0;
2462 int i;
2463 @end group
2464
2465 @group
2466 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2467 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2468 if (length == 0)
2469 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2470
2471 i = 0;
2472 do
2473 @end group
2474 @group
2475 @{
2476 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2477 if (i == length)
2478 @{
2479 length *= 2;
2480 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2481 @}
2482 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2483 symbuf[i++] = c;
2484 /* Get another character. */
2485 c = getchar ();
2486 @}
2487 @end group
2488 @group
2489 while (isalnum (c));
2490
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2493 @end group
2494
2495 @group
2496 s = getsym (symbuf);
2497 if (s == 0)
2498 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2499 yylval.tptr = s;
2500 return s->type;
2501 @}
2502
2503 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2504 return c;
2505 @}
2506 @end group
2507 @end smallexample
2508
2509 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2510 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2511 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2512
2513 @node Exercises
2514 @section Exercises
2515 @cindex exercises
2516
2517 @enumerate
2518 @item
2519 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2520
2521 @item
2522 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2523 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2524 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2525
2526 @item
2527 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2528 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2529 @end enumerate
2530
2531 @node Grammar File
2532 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2533
2534 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2535 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2536
2537 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2538 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2539
2540 @menu
2541 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2542 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2543 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2544 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2545 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2546 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2547 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2548 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2549 @end menu
2550
2551 @node Grammar Outline
2552 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2553
2554 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2555 appropriate delimiters:
2556
2557 @example
2558 %@{
2559 @var{Prologue}
2560 %@}
2561
2562 @var{Bison declarations}
2563
2564 %%
2565 @var{Grammar rules}
2566 %%
2567
2568 @var{Epilogue}
2569 @end example
2570
2571 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2572 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2573 continues until end of line.
2574
2575 @menu
2576 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2577 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2578 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2579 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2580 @end menu
2581
2582 @node Prologue
2583 @subsection The prologue
2584 @cindex declarations section
2585 @cindex Prologue
2586 @cindex declarations
2587
2588 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and
2589 declarations of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the
2590 grammar rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so
2591 that they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2592 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you don't
2593 need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}}
2594 delimiters that bracket this section.
2595
2596 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2597 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2598 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2599 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2600 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2601 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2602 @code{%union} declaration.
2603
2604 @smallexample
2605 %@{
2606 #include <stdio.h>
2607 #include "ptypes.h"
2608 %@}
2609
2610 %union @{
2611 long int n;
2612 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2613 @}
2614
2615 %@{
2616 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2617 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2618 %@}
2619
2620 @dots{}
2621 @end smallexample
2622
2623 @node Bison Declarations
2624 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2625 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2626 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2627
2628 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2629 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2630 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2631 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2632
2633 @node Grammar Rules
2634 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2635 @cindex grammar rules section
2636 @cindex rules section for grammar
2637
2638 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2639 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2640
2641 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2642 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2643 if it is the first thing in the file.
2644
2645 @node Epilogue
2646 @subsection The epilogue
2647 @cindex additional C code section
2648 @cindex epilogue
2649 @cindex C code, section for additional
2650
2651 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2652 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2653 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2654 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2655 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2656 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2657 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2658 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2659 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2660
2661 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2662 from the grammar rules.
2663
2664 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose
2665 names start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a
2666 good idea to avoid using any such names (except those documented in this
2667 manual) in the epilogue of the grammar file.
2668
2669 @node Symbols
2670 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2671 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2672 @cindex terminal symbol
2673 @cindex token type
2674 @cindex symbol
2675
2676 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2677 of the language.
2678
2679 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2680 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2681 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2682 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2683 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has been
2684 read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use the
2685 symbol to stand for it.
2686
2687 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically equivalent
2688 groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules. By convention,
2689 it should be all lower case.
2690
2691 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2692 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2693
2694 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2695
2696 @itemize @bullet
2697 @item
2698 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2699 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2700 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2701 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2702
2703 @item
2704 @cindex character token
2705 @cindex literal token
2706 @cindex single-character literal
2707 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2708 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2709 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2710 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2711 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2712 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2713 ,Operator Precedence}).
2714
2715 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2716 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2717 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2718 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2719 your program will confuse other readers.
2720
2721 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2722 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2723 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2724 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2725 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2726 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2727 allowed.
2728
2729 @item
2730 @cindex string token
2731 @cindex literal string token
2732 @cindex multicharacter literal
2733 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2734 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2735 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2736 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2737 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2738
2739 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2740 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2741 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2742 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2743 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2744
2745 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2746
2747 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2748 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2749 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2750 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2751 read your program will be confused.
2752
2753 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2754 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2755 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2756 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2757 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2758 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2759 @end itemize
2760
2761 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2762 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2763 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2764
2765 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2766 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2767 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2768 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2769 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2770 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2771 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2772 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2773 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2774 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2775 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2776 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2777
2778 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2779 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2780 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2781 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2782 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2783
2784 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2785 host, you must use only non-null character tokens taken from the basic
2786 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2787 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2788 characters in the following C-language string:
2789
2790 @example
2791 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2792 @end example
2793
2794 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character
2795 set and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2796 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting program
2797 in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2798 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the
2799 tables generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2800 character tokens. It is standard
2801 practice for software distributions to contain C source files that
2802 were generated by Bison in an @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on
2803 platforms that are incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those
2804 files before compiling them.
2805
2806 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2807 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2808 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2809 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2810 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2811
2812 @node Rules
2813 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2814 @cindex rule syntax
2815 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2816 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2817
2818 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2819
2820 @example
2821 @group
2822 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2823 ;
2824 @end group
2825 @end example
2826
2827 @noindent
2828 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2829 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2830 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2831
2832 For example,
2833
2834 @example
2835 @group
2836 exp: exp '+' exp
2837 ;
2838 @end group
2839 @end example
2840
2841 @noindent
2842 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2843 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2844
2845 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2846 extra white space as you wish.
2847
2848 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2849 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2850
2851 @example
2852 @{@var{C statements}@}
2853 @end example
2854
2855 @noindent
2856 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2857 @xref{Actions}.
2858
2859 @findex |
2860 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2861 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2862
2863 @ifinfo
2864 @example
2865 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2866 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2867 @dots{}
2868 ;
2869 @end example
2870 @end ifinfo
2871 @iftex
2872 @example
2873 @group
2874 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2875 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2876 @dots{}
2877 ;
2878 @end group
2879 @end example
2880 @end iftex
2881
2882 @noindent
2883 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2884
2885 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2886 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2887 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2888
2889 @example
2890 @group
2891 expseq: /* empty */
2892 | expseq1
2893 ;
2894 @end group
2895
2896 @group
2897 expseq1: exp
2898 | expseq1 ',' exp
2899 ;
2900 @end group
2901 @end example
2902
2903 @noindent
2904 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2905 with no components.
2906
2907 @node Recursion
2908 @section Recursive Rules
2909 @cindex recursive rule
2910
2911 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal appears
2912 also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to use
2913 recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any number
2914 of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2915 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2916
2917 @example
2918 @group
2919 expseq1: exp
2920 | expseq1 ',' exp
2921 ;
2922 @end group
2923 @end example
2924
2925 @cindex left recursion
2926 @cindex right recursion
2927 @noindent
2928 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2929 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2930 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2931
2932 @example
2933 @group
2934 expseq1: exp
2935 | exp ',' expseq1
2936 ;
2937 @end group
2938 @end example
2939
2940 @noindent
2941 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2942 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2943 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2944 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2945 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2946 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2947 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2948 of this.
2949
2950 @cindex mutual recursion
2951 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2952 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2953 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
2954 side.
2955
2956 For example:
2957
2958 @example
2959 @group
2960 expr: primary
2961 | primary '+' primary
2962 ;
2963 @end group
2964
2965 @group
2966 primary: constant
2967 | '(' expr ')'
2968 ;
2969 @end group
2970 @end example
2971
2972 @noindent
2973 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
2974 other.
2975
2976 @node Semantics
2977 @section Defining Language Semantics
2978 @cindex defining language semantics
2979 @cindex language semantics, defining
2980
2981 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
2982 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
2983 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
2984
2985 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
2986 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
2987 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
2988 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
2989
2990 @menu
2991 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
2992 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
2993 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
2994 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
2995 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
2996 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
2997 action in the middle of a rule.
2998 @end menu
2999
3000 @node Value Type
3001 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3002 @cindex semantic value type
3003 @cindex value type, semantic
3004 @cindex data types of semantic values
3005 @cindex default data type
3006
3007 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3008 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3009 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3010 Notation Calculator}).
3011
3012 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3013 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3014
3015 @example
3016 #define YYSTYPE double
3017 @end example
3018
3019 @noindent
3020 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3021 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3022
3023 @node Multiple Types
3024 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3025
3026 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3027 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3028 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type @code{char *},
3029 and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the symbol table.
3030
3031 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3032 requires you to do two things:
3033
3034 @itemize @bullet
3035 @item
3036 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3037 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3038 Value Types}).
3039
3040 @item
3041 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3042 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3043 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3044 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3045 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3046 @end itemize
3047
3048 @node Actions
3049 @subsection Actions
3050 @cindex action
3051 @vindex $$
3052 @vindex $@var{n}
3053
3054 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3055 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3056 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3057 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3058
3059 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3060 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3061 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3062 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3063 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3064 literals.
3065
3066 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3067 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3068 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3069 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3070 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3071
3072 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3073 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3074 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3075 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3076 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3077 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3078 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3079
3080 Here is a typical example:
3081
3082 @example
3083 @group
3084 exp: @dots{}
3085 | exp '+' exp
3086 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3087 @end group
3088 @end example
3089
3090 @noindent
3091 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3092 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3093 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3094 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3095 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3096 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3097 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3098 referred to as @code{$2}.
3099
3100 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3101 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3102 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3103 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3104 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3105
3106 @example
3107 @group
3108 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3109 @end group
3110 @end example
3111
3112 @cindex default action
3113 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3114 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3115 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3116 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3117 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3118 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3119
3120 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3121 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3122 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3123 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3124 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3125
3126 @example
3127 @group
3128 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3129 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3130 ;
3131 @end group
3132
3133 @group
3134 bar: /* empty */
3135 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3136 ;
3137 @end group
3138 @end example
3139
3140 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3141 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3142 definition of @code{foo}.
3143
3144 @node Action Types
3145 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3146 @cindex action data types
3147 @cindex data types in actions
3148
3149 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3150 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3151
3152 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3153 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3154 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3155 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3156 in the rule. In this example,
3157
3158 @example
3159 @group
3160 exp: @dots{}
3161 | exp '+' exp
3162 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3163 @end group
3164 @end example
3165
3166 @noindent
3167 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3168 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3169 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3170 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3171
3172 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3173 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3174 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3175
3176 @example
3177 @group
3178 %union @{
3179 int itype;
3180 double dtype;
3181 @}
3182 @end group
3183 @end example
3184
3185 @noindent
3186 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3187 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3188
3189 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3190 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3191 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3192 @cindex mid-rule actions
3193
3194 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3195 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3196 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3197
3198 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3199 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3200 it is run before they are parsed.
3201
3202 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3203 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3204 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3205 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3206 @code{$@var{n}}.
3207
3208 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3209 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3210 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3211 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3212 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3213 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3214
3215 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3216 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3217 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3218 at the end of the rule.
3219
3220 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3221 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3222 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3223 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3224 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3225 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3226
3227 @example
3228 @group
3229 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3230 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3231 declare_variable ($3); @}
3232 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3233 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3234 @end group
3235 @end example
3236
3237 @noindent
3238 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3239 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3240 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3241 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3242 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3243 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3244 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3245 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3246
3247 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3248 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3249 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3250 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3251 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3252
3253 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3254 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3255 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3256 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3257 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3258 declaration or not:
3259
3260 @example
3261 @group
3262 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3263 | '@{' statements '@}'
3264 ;
3265 @end group
3266 @end example
3267
3268 @noindent
3269 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3270
3271 @example
3272 @group
3273 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3274 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3275 @end group
3276 @group
3277 | '@{' statements '@}'
3278 ;
3279 @end group
3280 @end example
3281
3282 @noindent
3283 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3284 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3285 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3286 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3287 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3288 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3289
3290 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3291 actions into the two rules, like this:
3292
3293 @example
3294 @group
3295 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3296 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3297 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3298 '@{' statements '@}'
3299 ;
3300 @end group
3301 @end example
3302
3303 @noindent
3304 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3305 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3306
3307 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3308 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3309 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3310
3311 @example
3312 @group
3313 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3314 declarations statements '@}'
3315 | '@{' statements '@}'
3316 ;
3317 @end group
3318 @end example
3319
3320 @noindent
3321 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3322 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3323
3324 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3325 serves as a subroutine:
3326
3327 @example
3328 @group
3329 subroutine: /* empty */
3330 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3331 ;
3332
3333 @end group
3334
3335 @group
3336 compound: subroutine
3337 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3338 | subroutine
3339 '@{' statements '@}'
3340 ;
3341 @end group
3342 @end example
3343
3344 @noindent
3345 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3346 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3347 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3348 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3349 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3350
3351 @node Locations
3352 @section Tracking Locations
3353 @cindex location
3354 @cindex textual location
3355 @cindex location, textual
3356
3357 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3358 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3359 especially symbol locations.
3360
3361 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3362 actions to take when rules are matched.
3363
3364 @menu
3365 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3366 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3367 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3368 @end menu
3369
3370 @node Location Type
3371 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3372 @cindex data type of locations
3373 @cindex default location type
3374
3375 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3376 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3377
3378 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3379 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3380 four members:
3381
3382 @example
3383 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3384 @{
3385 int first_line;
3386 int first_column;
3387 int last_line;
3388 int last_column;
3389 @} YYLTYPE;
3390 @end example
3391
3392 @node Actions and Locations
3393 @subsection Actions and Locations
3394 @cindex location actions
3395 @cindex actions, location
3396 @vindex @@$
3397 @vindex @@@var{n}
3398
3399 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3400 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3401
3402 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3403 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3404 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3405 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3406 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3407 @code{@@$}.
3408
3409 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3410
3411 @example
3412 @group
3413 exp: @dots{}
3414 | exp '/' exp
3415 @{
3416 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3417 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3418 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3419 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3420 if ($3)
3421 $$ = $1 / $3;
3422 else
3423 @{
3424 $$ = 1;
3425 fprintf (stderr,
3426 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3427 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3428 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3429 @}
3430 @}
3431 @end group
3432 @end example
3433
3434 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3435 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3436 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3437 last symbol.
3438
3439 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3440 example above simply rewrites this way:
3441
3442 @example
3443 @group
3444 exp: @dots{}
3445 | exp '/' exp
3446 @{
3447 if ($3)
3448 $$ = $1 / $3;
3449 else
3450 @{
3451 $$ = 1;
3452 fprintf (stderr,
3453 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3454 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3455 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3456 @}
3457 @}
3458 @end group
3459 @end example
3460
3461 @node Location Default Action
3462 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3463 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3464
3465 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3466 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3467 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3468 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3469 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3470 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3471
3472 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3473 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3474
3475 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3476 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3477 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3478 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3479 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3480 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3481 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3482 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3483
3484 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3485
3486 @smallexample
3487 @group
3488 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3489 do \
3490 if (N) \
3491 @{ \
3492 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3493 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3494 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3495 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3496 @} \
3497 else \
3498 @{ \
3499 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3500 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3501 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3502 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3503 @} \
3504 while (0)
3505 @end group
3506 @end smallexample
3507
3508 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3509 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3510 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3511
3512 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3513
3514 @itemize @bullet
3515 @item
3516 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3517 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3518
3519 @item
3520 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3521 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3522 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3523 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3524
3525 @item
3526 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3527 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3528 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3529 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3530 @end itemize
3531
3532 @node Declarations
3533 @section Bison Declarations
3534 @cindex declarations, Bison
3535 @cindex Bison declarations
3536
3537 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3538 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3539 @xref{Symbols}.
3540
3541 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3542 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3543 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3544 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3545
3546 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3547 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3548 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3549 Grammars}).
3550
3551 @menu
3552 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3553 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3554 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3555 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3556 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3557 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3558 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3559 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3560 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3561 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3562 @end menu
3563
3564 @node Token Decl
3565 @subsection Token Type Names
3566 @cindex declaring token type names
3567 @cindex token type names, declaring
3568 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3569 @findex %token
3570
3571 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3572
3573 @example
3574 %token @var{name}
3575 @end example
3576
3577 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3578 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3579 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3580
3581 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3582 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3583 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3584 Precedence}.
3585
3586 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3587 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3588 following the token name:
3589
3590 @example
3591 %token NUM 300
3592 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3593 @end example
3594
3595 @noindent
3596 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3597 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3598 with each other or with normal characters.
3599
3600 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3601 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3602 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3603 Than One Value Type}).
3604
3605 For example:
3606
3607 @example
3608 @group
3609 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3610 double val;
3611 symrec *tptr;
3612 @}
3613 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3614 @end group
3615 @end example
3616
3617 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3618 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3619 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3620
3621 @example
3622 %token arrow "=>"
3623 @end example
3624
3625 @noindent
3626 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3627 equivalent literal string tokens:
3628
3629 @example
3630 %token <operator> OR "||"
3631 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3632 %left OR "<="
3633 @end example
3634
3635 @noindent
3636 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3637 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3638 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3639 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3640
3641 @node Precedence Decl
3642 @subsection Operator Precedence
3643 @cindex precedence declarations
3644 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3645 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3646
3647 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3648 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3649 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3650 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3651 operator precedence.
3652
3653 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3654 @code{%token}: either
3655
3656 @example
3657 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3658 @end example
3659
3660 @noindent
3661 or
3662
3663 @example
3664 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3665 @end example
3666
3667 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3668 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3669 all the @var{symbols}:
3670
3671 @itemize @bullet
3672 @item
3673 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3674 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3675 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3676 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3677 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3678 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3679 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3680 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3681 considered a syntax error.
3682
3683 @item
3684 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3685 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3686 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3687 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3688 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3689 @end itemize
3690
3691 @node Union Decl
3692 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3693 @cindex declaring value types
3694 @cindex value types, declaring
3695 @findex %union
3696
3697 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3698 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3699 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3700 C.
3701
3702 For example:
3703
3704 @example
3705 @group
3706 %union @{
3707 double val;
3708 symrec *tptr;
3709 @}
3710 @end group
3711 @end example
3712
3713 @noindent
3714 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3715 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3716 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3717 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3718
3719 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3720 @code{union}. For example:
3721
3722 @example
3723 @group
3724 %union value @{
3725 double val;
3726 symrec *tptr;
3727 @}
3728 @end group
3729 @end example
3730
3731 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3732 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3733 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3734
3735 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3736 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3737
3738 @node Type Decl
3739 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3740 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3741 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3742 @findex %type
3743
3744 @noindent
3745 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3746 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3747 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3748
3749 @example
3750 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3751 @end example
3752
3753 @noindent
3754 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3755 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3756 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3757 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3758 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3759 the symbol names.
3760
3761 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3762 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3763 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3764 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3765
3766 @node Initial Action Decl
3767 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3768 @findex %initial-action
3769
3770 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3771 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3772 code.
3773
3774 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3775 @findex %initial-action
3776 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3777 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3778 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3779 @code{%parse-param}.
3780 @end deffn
3781
3782 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3783
3784 @example
3785 %parse-param @{ const char *filename @};
3786 %initial-action
3787 @{
3788 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = filename;
3789 @};
3790 @end example
3791
3792
3793 @node Destructor Decl
3794 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3795 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3796 @findex %destructor
3797
3798 Some symbols can be discarded by the parser. For instance, during error
3799 recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), embarrassing symbols already pushed
3800 on the stack, and embarrassing tokens coming from the rest of the file
3801 are thrown away until the parser falls on its feet. If these symbols
3802 convey heap based information, this memory is lost. While this behavior
3803 can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as in compilers, it is not for
3804 possibly ``never ending'' parsers such as shells, or implementations of
3805 communication protocols.
3806
3807 The @code{%destructor} directive allows for the definition of code that
3808 is called when a symbol is thrown away.
3809
3810 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3811 @findex %destructor
3812 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked for each of the
3813 @var{symbols} that will be discarded by the parser. The @var{code}
3814 should use @code{$$} to designate the semantic value associated to the
3815 @var{symbols}. The additional parser parameters are also available
3816 (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
3817
3818 @strong{Warning:} as of Bison 1.875, this feature is still considered as
3819 experimental, as there was not enough user feedback. In particular,
3820 the syntax might still change.
3821 @end deffn
3822
3823 For instance:
3824
3825 @smallexample
3826 %union
3827 @{
3828 char *string;
3829 @}
3830 %token <string> STRING
3831 %type <string> string
3832 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3833 @end smallexample
3834
3835 @noindent
3836 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} will be discarded,
3837 its associated memory will be freed.
3838
3839 Note that in the future, Bison might also consider that right hand side
3840 members that are not mentioned in the action can be destroyed. For
3841 instance, in:
3842
3843 @smallexample
3844 comment: "/*" STRING "*/";
3845 @end smallexample
3846
3847 @noindent
3848 the parser is entitled to destroy the semantic value of the
3849 @code{string}. Of course, this will not apply to the default action;
3850 compare:
3851
3852 @smallexample
3853 typeless: string; // $$ = $1 does not apply; $1 is destroyed.
3854 typefull: string; // $$ = $1 applies, $1 is not destroyed.
3855 @end smallexample
3856
3857 @sp 1
3858
3859 @cindex discarded symbols
3860 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3861
3862 @itemize
3863 @item
3864 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3865 @item
3866 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3867 @item
3868 the current look-ahead when the parser aborts (either via an explicit
3869 call to @code{YYABORT}, or as a consequence of a failed error recovery).
3870 @end itemize
3871
3872
3873 @node Expect Decl
3874 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3875 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3876 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3877 @cindex warnings, preventing
3878 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3879 @findex %expect
3880 @findex %expect-rr
3881
3882 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3883 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3884 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3885 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3886 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3887 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3888
3889 The declaration looks like this:
3890
3891 @example
3892 %expect @var{n}
3893 @end example
3894
3895 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should be
3896 no warning if there are @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no
3897 reduce/reduce conflicts. The usual warning is
3898 given if there are either more or fewer conflicts, or if there are any
3899 reduce/reduce conflicts.
3900
3901 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more serious,
3902 and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3903 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, however,
3904 both shift/reduce and reduce/reduce are routine (otherwise, there
3905 would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing). Therefore, it is also possible
3906 to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts in @acronym{GLR}
3907 parsers, using the declaration:
3908
3909 @example
3910 %expect-rr @var{n}
3911 @end example
3912
3913 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3914
3915 @itemize @bullet
3916 @item
3917 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3918 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3919 print the number of conflicts.
3920
3921 @item
3922 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3923 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3924 go back to the beginning.
3925
3926 @item
3927 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3928 number which Bison printed.
3929 @end itemize
3930
3931 Now Bison will stop annoying you if you do not change the number of
3932 conflicts, but it will warn you again if changes in the grammar result
3933 in more or fewer conflicts.
3934
3935 @node Start Decl
3936 @subsection The Start-Symbol
3937 @cindex declaring the start symbol
3938 @cindex start symbol, declaring
3939 @cindex default start symbol
3940 @findex %start
3941
3942 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
3943 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
3944 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
3945
3946 @example
3947 %start @var{symbol}
3948 @end example
3949
3950 @node Pure Decl
3951 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
3952 @cindex reentrant parser
3953 @cindex pure parser
3954 @findex %pure-parser
3955
3956 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
3957 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
3958 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
3959 for example, a non-reentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
3960 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a non-reentrant
3961 program must be called only within interlocks.
3962
3963 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
3964 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
3965 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
3966 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
3967 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
3968
3969 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
3970 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
3971 reentrant. It looks like this:
3972
3973 @example
3974 %pure-parser
3975 @end example
3976
3977 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
3978 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
3979 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
3980 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
3981 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
3982 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
3983 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
3984 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
3985
3986 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
3987 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
3988 valid grammar.
3989
3990 @node Decl Summary
3991 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
3992 @cindex Bison declaration summary
3993 @cindex declaration summary
3994 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
3995
3996 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
3997
3998 @deffn {Directive} %union
3999 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4000 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4001 @end deffn
4002
4003 @deffn {Directive} %token
4004 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4005 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4006 @end deffn
4007
4008 @deffn {Directive} %right
4009 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4010 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn {Directive} %left
4014 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4015 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4016 @end deffn
4017
4018 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4019 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4020 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4021 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4022 @end deffn
4023
4024 @ifset defaultprec
4025 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4026 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4027 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4028 @end deffn
4029 @end ifset
4030
4031 @deffn {Directive} %type
4032 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4033 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4034 @end deffn
4035
4036 @deffn {Directive} %start
4037 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4038 Start-Symbol}).
4039 @end deffn
4040
4041 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4042 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4043 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4044 @end deffn
4045
4046
4047 @sp 1
4048 @noindent
4049 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4050 directives:
4051
4052 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4053 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4054 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4055 @end deffn
4056 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4057
4058 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4059 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4060 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4061 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4062 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4063
4064 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4065 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4066 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components
4067 that require other definitions, or if you have defined a
4068 @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic
4069 Values}), you need to arrange for these definitions to be propagated to
4070 all modules, e.g., by putting them in a
4071 prerequisite header that is included both by your parser and by any
4072 other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4073
4074 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4075 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4076 Parser}.
4077
4078 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4079 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4080 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4081 Locations}.
4082
4083 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the
4084 definition of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because
4085 @code{yylex} typically needs to be able to refer to the
4086 above-mentioned declarations and to the token type codes.
4087 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
4088 @end deffn
4089
4090 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4091 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4092 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4093 @end deffn
4094
4095 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4096 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4097 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4098 @end deffn
4099
4100 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4101 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4102 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4103 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4104 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4105 accurate syntax error messages.
4106 @end deffn
4107
4108 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4109 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4110 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4111 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4112 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4113 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4114 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4115 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4116 Program}.
4117 @end deffn
4118
4119 @ifset defaultprec
4120 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4121 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4122 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4123 Precedence}).
4124 @end deffn
4125 @end ifset
4126
4127 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4128 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4129 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4130 declarations.
4131
4132 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4133 into a file named @file{@var{filename}.act}, in the form of a
4134 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4135 @end deffn
4136
4137 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4138 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4139 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4140 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4141 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4142 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4143 file in its own right.
4144 @end deffn
4145
4146 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
4147 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
4148 @end deffn
4149
4150 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4151 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4152 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4156 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4157 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4158 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4159 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4160 @code{"$end"},
4161 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4162 defined in the grammar file.
4163
4164 For single-character literal tokens and literal string tokens, the name
4165 in the table includes the single-quote or double-quote characters: for
4166 example, @code{"'+'"} is a single-character literal and @code{"\"<=\""}
4167 is a literal string token. All the characters of the literal string
4168 token appear verbatim in the string found in the table; even
4169 double-quote characters are not escaped. For example, if the token
4170 consists of three characters @samp{*"*}, its string in @code{yytname}
4171 contains @samp{"*"*"}. (In C, that would be written as
4172 @code{"\"*\"*\""}).
4173
4174 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4175 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4176 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4177
4178 @table @code
4179 @item YYNTOKENS
4180 The highest token number, plus one.
4181 @item YYNNTS
4182 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4183 @item YYNRULES
4184 The number of grammar rules,
4185 @item YYNSTATES
4186 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4187 @end table
4188 @end deffn
4189
4190 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4191 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4192 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4193 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4194 information.
4195 @end deffn
4196
4197 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4198 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4199 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4200 @end deffn
4201
4202
4203 @node Multiple Parsers
4204 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4205
4206 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4207 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4208 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4209 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4210
4211 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4212 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4213 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4214 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4215 names that do not conflict.
4216
4217 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4218 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4219 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4220 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4221
4222 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4223 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4224 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4225 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4226 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4227
4228 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4229 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4230 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4231 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4232
4233 @node Interface
4234 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4235 @cindex C-language interface
4236 @cindex interface
4237
4238 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4239 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4240 functions that it needs to use.
4241
4242 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4243 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4244 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4245 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4246
4247 @menu
4248 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4249 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4250 which reads tokens.
4251 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4252 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4253 @end menu
4254
4255 @node Parser Function
4256 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4257 @findex yyparse
4258
4259 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4260 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4261 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4262 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4263 without reading further.
4264
4265
4266 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4267 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4268 is due to end-of-input).
4269
4270 The value is 1 if parsing failed (return is due to a syntax error).
4271 @end deftypefun
4272
4273 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4274 these macros:
4275
4276 @defmac YYACCEPT
4277 @findex YYACCEPT
4278 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4279 @end defmac
4280
4281 @defmac YYABORT
4282 @findex YYABORT
4283 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4284 @end defmac
4285
4286 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4287 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4288 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4289
4290 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4291 @findex %parse-param
4292 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4293 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4294 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4295 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4296 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4297 @end deffn
4298
4299 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4300
4301 @example
4302 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4303 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4304 @end example
4305
4306 @noindent
4307 Then call the parser like this:
4308
4309 @example
4310 @{
4311 int nastiness, randomness;
4312 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4313 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4314 @dots{}
4315 @}
4316 @end example
4317
4318 @noindent
4319 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4320
4321 @example
4322 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4323 @end example
4324
4325
4326 @node Lexical
4327 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4328 @findex yylex
4329 @cindex lexical analyzer
4330
4331 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4332 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4333 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4334 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4335
4336 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4337 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4338 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4339 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4340 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4341 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4342 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4343
4344 @menu
4345 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4346 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4347 of the token it has read.
4348 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4349 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4350 actions want that.
4351 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4352 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4353 @end menu
4354
4355 @node Calling Convention
4356 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4357
4358 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4359 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4360 signifies end-of-input.
4361
4362 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4363 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4364 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4365 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4366
4367 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4368 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4369 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4370 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4371 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4372 signifies end-of-input.
4373
4374 Here is an example showing these things:
4375
4376 @example
4377 int
4378 yylex (void)
4379 @{
4380 @dots{}
4381 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4382 return 0;
4383 @dots{}
4384 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4385 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4386 @dots{}
4387 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4388 @dots{}
4389 @}
4390 @end example
4391
4392 @noindent
4393 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4394 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4395
4396 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4397 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4398
4399 @itemize @bullet
4400 @item
4401 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4402 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4403 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4404 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4405
4406 @item
4407 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4408 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4409 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4410 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4411 token's characters are not escaped in any way; they appear verbatim in
4412 the contents of the string in the table.
4413
4414 Here's code for looking up a token in @code{yytname}, assuming that the
4415 characters of the token are stored in @code{token_buffer}.
4416
4417 @smallexample
4418 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4419 @{
4420 if (yytname[i] != 0
4421 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4422 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4423 strlen (token_buffer))
4424 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4425 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4426 break;
4427 @}
4428 @end smallexample
4429
4430 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4431 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4432 @end itemize
4433
4434 @node Token Values
4435 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4436
4437 @vindex yylval
4438 In an ordinary (non-reentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4439 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4440 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4441 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4442 @code{yylex}:
4443
4444 @example
4445 @group
4446 @dots{}
4447 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4448 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4449 @dots{}
4450 @end group
4451 @end example
4452
4453 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4454 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4455 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4456 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4457 declaration looks like this:
4458
4459 @example
4460 @group
4461 %union @{
4462 int intval;
4463 double val;
4464 symrec *tptr;
4465 @}
4466 @end group
4467 @end example
4468
4469 @noindent
4470 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4471
4472 @example
4473 @group
4474 @dots{}
4475 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4476 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4477 @dots{}
4478 @end group
4479 @end example
4480
4481 @node Token Locations
4482 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4483
4484 @vindex yylloc
4485 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4486 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the
4487 textual locations of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this
4488 information in @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to
4489 find the textual location of a token just parsed in the global variable
4490 @code{yylloc}. So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that
4491 variable.
4492
4493 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4494 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4495 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4496 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4497 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4498
4499 @tindex YYLTYPE
4500 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4501
4502 @node Pure Calling
4503 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4504
4505 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4506 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4507 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4508 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4509 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4510 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4511 pointers.
4512
4513 @example
4514 int
4515 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4516 @{
4517 @dots{}
4518 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4519 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4520 @dots{}
4521 @}
4522 @end example
4523
4524 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4525 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4526 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4527 only one argument.
4528
4529
4530 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4531 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4532 Function}).
4533
4534 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4535 @findex %lex-param
4536 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4537 argument declaration.
4538 @end deffn
4539
4540 For instance:
4541
4542 @example
4543 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4544 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4545 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4546 @end example
4547
4548 @noindent
4549 results in the following signature:
4550
4551 @example
4552 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4553 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4554 @end example
4555
4556 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4557
4558 @example
4559 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4560 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4561 @end example
4562
4563 @noindent
4564 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4565
4566 @example
4567 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4568 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4569 @end example
4570
4571 @node Error Reporting
4572 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4573 @cindex error reporting function
4574 @findex yyerror
4575 @cindex parse error
4576 @cindex syntax error
4577
4578 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4579 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4580 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4581 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4582 in Actions}).
4583
4584 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4585 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4586 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4587 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4588 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4589
4590 @findex %error-verbose
4591 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4592 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4593 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4594 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4595
4596 The parser can detect one other kind of error: stack overflow. This
4597 happens when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4598 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4599 parser extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4600 if overflow happens, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4601 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"parser stack
4602 overflow"}}.
4603
4604 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4605
4606 @example
4607 @group
4608 void
4609 yyerror (char const *s)
4610 @{
4611 @end group
4612 @group
4613 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4614 @}
4615 @end group
4616 @end example
4617
4618 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4619 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4620 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4621 immediately return 1.
4622
4623 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4624 an access to the current location.
4625 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4626 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4627 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4628 @code{yyerror} are:
4629
4630 @example
4631 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4632 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4633 @end example
4634
4635 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4636
4637 @example
4638 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4639 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4640 @end example
4641
4642 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4643 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4644 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4645 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4646
4647 @example
4648 /* Location tracking. */
4649 %locations
4650 /* Pure yylex. */
4651 %pure-parser
4652 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4653 /* Pure yyparse. */
4654 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4655 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4656 @end example
4657
4658 @noindent
4659 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4660
4661 @example
4662 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4663 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4664 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4665 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4666 char const *msg);
4667 @end example
4668
4669 @noindent
4670 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4671 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4672 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4673 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4674 message is always passed last.
4675
4676 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4677 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4678 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4679 @code{yyerror}.
4680
4681 @vindex yynerrs
4682 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4683 encountered so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4684 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4685 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4686
4687 @node Action Features
4688 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4689 @cindex summary, action features
4690 @cindex action features summary
4691
4692 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4693 are useful in actions.
4694
4695 @deffn {Variable} $$
4696 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4697 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4698 @end deffn
4699
4700 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4701 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4702 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4703 @end deffn
4704
4705 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4706 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4707 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4708 Types of Values in Actions}.
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4712 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4713 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4714 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4718 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4719 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4720 @end deffn
4721
4722 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4723 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4724 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4728 @findex YYBACKUP
4729 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4730 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4731 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4732 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4733 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4734 going to be reduced by this rule.
4735
4736 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4737 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4738 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4739 recovery.
4740
4741 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4745 @vindex YYEMPTY
4746 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4747 @end deffn
4748
4749 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4750 @findex YYERROR
4751 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4752 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4753 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4754 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4755 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4759 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4760 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4761 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4765 Variable containing the current look-ahead token. (In a pure parser,
4766 this is actually a local variable within @code{yyparse}.) When there is
4767 no look-ahead token, the value @code{YYEMPTY} is stored in the variable.
4768 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4769 @end deffn
4770
4771 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4772 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4773 error rules. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4774 @end deffn
4775
4776 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4777 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4778 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4779 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4780 @end deffn
4781
4782 @deffn {Value} @@$
4783 @findex @@$
4784 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4785 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4786 Tracking Locations}.
4787
4788 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4789
4790 @c @example
4791 @c struct @{
4792 @c int first_line, last_line;
4793 @c int first_column, last_column;
4794 @c @};
4795 @c @end example
4796
4797 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4798 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4799
4800 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4801 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4802 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4803 @c those members.
4804
4805 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4806 @end deffn
4807
4808 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4809 @findex @@@var{n}
4810 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4811 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4812 Tracking Locations}.
4813 @end deffn
4814
4815
4816 @node Algorithm
4817 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
4818 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
4819 @cindex algorithm of parser
4820 @cindex shifting
4821 @cindex reduction
4822 @cindex parser stack
4823 @cindex stack, parser
4824
4825 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
4826 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
4827 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
4828
4829 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
4830 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
4831 that was shifted.
4832
4833 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
4834 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
4835 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
4836 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
4837 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
4838 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
4839 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
4840
4841 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
4842
4843 @example
4844 1 + 5 * 3
4845 @end example
4846
4847 @noindent
4848 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
4849 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
4850
4851 @example
4852 expr: expr '*' expr;
4853 @end example
4854
4855 @noindent
4856 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
4857
4858 @example
4859 1 + 15
4860 @end example
4861
4862 @noindent
4863 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
4864 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
4865
4866 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
4867 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
4868 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
4869
4870 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
4871
4872 @menu
4873 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
4874 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
4875 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
4876 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
4877 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
4878 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
4879 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
4880 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
4881 * Stack Overflow:: What happens when stack gets full. How to avoid it.
4882 @end menu
4883
4884 @node Look-Ahead
4885 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
4886 @cindex look-ahead token
4887
4888 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
4889 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
4890 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
4891 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
4892 token in order to decide what to do.
4893
4894 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
4895 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
4896 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
4897 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
4898 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
4899 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
4900 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
4901 application.
4902
4903 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
4904 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
4905 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
4906
4907 @example
4908 @group
4909 expr: term '+' expr
4910 | term
4911 ;
4912 @end group
4913
4914 @group
4915 term: '(' expr ')'
4916 | term '!'
4917 | NUMBER
4918 ;
4919 @end group
4920 @end example
4921
4922 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
4923 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
4924 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
4925 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
4926 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
4927
4928 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
4929 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
4930 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
4931 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
4932 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
4933 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
4934
4935 @vindex yychar
4936 The current look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
4937 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
4938
4939 @node Shift/Reduce
4940 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
4941 @cindex conflicts
4942 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
4943 @cindex dangling @code{else}
4944 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
4945
4946 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
4947 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
4948
4949 @example
4950 @group
4951 if_stmt:
4952 IF expr THEN stmt
4953 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
4954 ;
4955 @end group
4956 @end example
4957
4958 @noindent
4959 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
4960 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
4961
4962 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
4963 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
4964 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
4965 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
4966 rule.
4967
4968 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
4969 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
4970 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
4971 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
4972 contrast it with the other alternative.
4973
4974 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
4975 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
4976 equivalent:
4977
4978 @example
4979 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
4980
4981 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
4982 @end example
4983
4984 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
4985 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
4986 making these two inputs equivalent:
4987
4988 @example
4989 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
4990
4991 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
4992 @end example
4993
4994 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
4995 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
4996 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
4997 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
4998 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
4999 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5000 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5001 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5002
5003 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5004 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5005 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5006 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5007
5008 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5009 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5010 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5011 conflict:
5012
5013 @example
5014 @group
5015 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5016 %%
5017 @end group
5018 @group
5019 stmt: expr
5020 | if_stmt
5021 ;
5022 @end group
5023
5024 @group
5025 if_stmt:
5026 IF expr THEN stmt
5027 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5028 ;
5029 @end group
5030
5031 expr: variable
5032 ;
5033 @end example
5034
5035 @node Precedence
5036 @section Operator Precedence
5037 @cindex operator precedence
5038 @cindex precedence of operators
5039
5040 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5041 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5042 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5043 shift and when to reduce.
5044
5045 @menu
5046 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5047 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5048 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5049 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5050 @end menu
5051
5052 @node Why Precedence
5053 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5054
5055 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5056 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5057
5058 @example
5059 @group
5060 expr: expr '-' expr
5061 | expr '*' expr
5062 | expr '<' expr
5063 | '(' expr ')'
5064 @dots{}
5065 ;
5066 @end group
5067 @end example
5068
5069 @noindent
5070 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5071 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5072 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5073 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5074 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5075 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5076 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5077 different results.
5078
5079 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5080 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5081 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5082 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5083 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5084 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5085 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5086 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5087 @samp{<}.
5088
5089 @cindex associativity
5090 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5091 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5092 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5093 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5094 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5095 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5096 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5097 makes right-associativity.
5098
5099 @node Using Precedence
5100 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5101 @findex %left
5102 @findex %right
5103 @findex %nonassoc
5104
5105 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5106 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5107 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5108 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5109 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5110 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5111 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5112 row''.
5113
5114 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5115 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5116 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5117 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5118 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5119
5120 @node Precedence Examples
5121 @subsection Precedence Examples
5122
5123 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5124
5125 @example
5126 %left '<'
5127 %left '-'
5128 %left '*'
5129 @end example
5130
5131 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5132 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5133 declared with @code{'-'}:
5134
5135 @example
5136 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5137 %left '+' '-'
5138 %left '*' '/'
5139 @end example
5140
5141 @noindent
5142 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5143 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5144 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5145
5146 @node How Precedence
5147 @subsection How Precedence Works
5148
5149 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5150 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5151 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5152 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5153 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5154 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5155
5156 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5157 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5158 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5159 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5160 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5161 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5162 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5163 resolved.
5164
5165 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5166 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5167
5168 @node Contextual Precedence
5169 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5170 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5171 @cindex unary operator precedence
5172 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5173 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5174 @findex %prec
5175
5176 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5177 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5178 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5179 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5180
5181 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5182 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5183 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5184 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5185 modifier for rules.
5186
5187 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5188 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5189 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5190 modifier's syntax is:
5191
5192 @example
5193 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5194 @end example
5195
5196 @noindent
5197 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5198 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5199 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5200 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5201 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5202
5203 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5204 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5205 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5206 precedence:
5207
5208 @example
5209 @dots{}
5210 %left '+' '-'
5211 %left '*'
5212 %left UMINUS
5213 @end example
5214
5215 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5216
5217 @example
5218 @group
5219 exp: @dots{}
5220 | exp '-' exp
5221 @dots{}
5222 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5223 @end group
5224 @end example
5225
5226 @ifset defaultprec
5227 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5228 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5229 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5230 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5231
5232 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5233 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5234 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5235 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5236
5237 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5238 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5239 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5240 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5241 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5242 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5243
5244 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5245 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5246 @end ifset
5247
5248 @node Parser States
5249 @section Parser States
5250 @cindex finite-state machine
5251 @cindex parser state
5252 @cindex state (of parser)
5253
5254 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5255 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5256 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5257 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5258 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5259
5260 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5261 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5262 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5263 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5264 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5265 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5266 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5267 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5268 pushed.
5269
5270 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5271 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5272 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5273
5274 @node Reduce/Reduce
5275 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5276 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5277 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5278
5279 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5280 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5281 in the grammar.
5282
5283 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5284 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5285
5286 @example
5287 sequence: /* empty */
5288 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5289 | maybeword
5290 | sequence word
5291 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5292 ;
5293
5294 maybeword: /* empty */
5295 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5296 | word
5297 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5298 ;
5299 @end example
5300
5301 @noindent
5302 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5303 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5304 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5305 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5306 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5307 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5308
5309 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5310 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5311 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5312
5313 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5314 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5315 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5316 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5317 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5318
5319 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5320 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5321 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5322 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5323
5324 @example
5325 sequence: /* empty */
5326 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5327 | sequence word
5328 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5329 ;
5330 @end example
5331
5332 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5333
5334 @example
5335 sequence: /* empty */
5336 | sequence words
5337 | sequence redirects
5338 ;
5339
5340 words: /* empty */
5341 | words word
5342 ;
5343
5344 redirects:/* empty */
5345 | redirects redirect
5346 ;
5347 @end example
5348
5349 @noindent
5350 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5351 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5352 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5353 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5354 in infinitely many ways!
5355
5356 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5357 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5358 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5359 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5360
5361 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5362 of sequence:
5363
5364 @example
5365 sequence: /* empty */
5366 | sequence word
5367 | sequence redirect
5368 ;
5369 @end example
5370
5371 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5372 from being empty:
5373
5374 @example
5375 sequence: /* empty */
5376 | sequence words
5377 | sequence redirects
5378 ;
5379
5380 words: word
5381 | words word
5382 ;
5383
5384 redirects:redirect
5385 | redirects redirect
5386 ;
5387 @end example
5388
5389 @node Mystery Conflicts
5390 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5391
5392 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5393 Here is an example:
5394
5395 @example
5396 @group
5397 %token ID
5398
5399 %%
5400 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5401 ;
5402 param_spec:
5403 type
5404 | name_list ':' type
5405 ;
5406 @end group
5407 @group
5408 return_spec:
5409 type
5410 | name ':' type
5411 ;
5412 @end group
5413 @group
5414 type: ID
5415 ;
5416 @end group
5417 @group
5418 name: ID
5419 ;
5420 name_list:
5421 name
5422 | name ',' name_list
5423 ;
5424 @end group
5425 @end example
5426
5427 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5428 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5429 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5430 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5431
5432 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5433 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5434 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5435 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5436 an @code{ID}
5437 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5438 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5439 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5440 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5441 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5442 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5443 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5444 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5445 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5446
5447 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5448 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5449 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5450 and tend to
5451 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5452 as it is now.
5453
5454 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5455 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5456 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5457 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5458
5459 @example
5460 @group
5461 %token BOGUS
5462 @dots{}
5463 %%
5464 @dots{}
5465 return_spec:
5466 type
5467 | name ':' type
5468 /* This rule is never used. */
5469 | ID BOGUS
5470 ;
5471 @end group
5472 @end example
5473
5474 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5475 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5476 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5477 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5478 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5479 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5480
5481 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5482 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5483 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5484 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5485 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5486 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5487
5488 @example
5489 param_spec:
5490 type
5491 | name_list ':' type
5492 ;
5493 return_spec:
5494 type
5495 | ID ':' type
5496 ;
5497 @end example
5498
5499 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5500 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5501 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5502 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5503 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5504 @cindex non-deterministic parsing
5505
5506 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5507 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5508 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5509 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5510 context-free languages.
5511 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5512 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5513 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5514 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5515 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5516 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5517 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5518 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5519
5520 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5521 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5522 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5523 parser uses the same basic
5524 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5525 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5526 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5527 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5528 situation, it
5529 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5530 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5531 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5532 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5533 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5534
5535 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5536 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5537 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5538 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5539 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5540 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5541 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5542 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5543 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5544 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5545 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5546 stream.
5547
5548 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5549 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5550 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5551 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5552 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5553 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5554 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5555 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5556 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5557 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5558 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5559 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5560
5561 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5562 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5563 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5564 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5565 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5566 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5567 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5568 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5569 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or non-deterministic
5570 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5571 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5572 Usually, non-determinism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5573 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5574 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5575 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5576 Bison parser.
5577
5578 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5579 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5580 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5581 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5582 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5583 (2000-12-24).
5584
5585 @node Stack Overflow
5586 @section Stack Overflow, and How to Avoid It
5587 @cindex stack overflow
5588 @cindex parser stack overflow
5589 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5590
5591 The Bison parser stack can overflow if too many tokens are shifted and
5592 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5593 returns a nonzero value, pausing only to call @code{yyerror} to report
5594 the overflow.
5595
5596 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5597 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5598 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5599
5600 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5601 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5602 parser stack can become before a stack overflow occurs. Define the
5603 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5604 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5605
5606 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5607 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser actually allocates a small
5608 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5609 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5610 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5611 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5612
5613 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5614 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5615 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5616 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5617
5618 @cindex default stack limit
5619 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5620 10000.
5621
5622 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5623 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5624 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5625 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5626 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5627 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5628
5629 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be a value so large that arithmetic
5630 overflow would occur when calculating the size of the stack space.
5631 Also, do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than
5632 @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5633
5634 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5635 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5636 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison by compiled as C++
5637 cannot grow. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5638 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. In the near future, a C++ output
5639 output will be provided which addresses this issue.
5640
5641 @node Error Recovery
5642 @chapter Error Recovery
5643 @cindex error recovery
5644 @cindex recovery from errors
5645
5646 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5647 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5648 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5649 another expression.
5650
5651 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5652 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5653 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5654 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5655 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5656 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5657 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5658
5659 @findex error
5660 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5661 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5662 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5663 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5664 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5665 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5666
5667 For example:
5668
5669 @example
5670 stmnts: /* empty string */
5671 | stmnts '\n'
5672 | stmnts exp '\n'
5673 | stmnts error '\n'
5674 @end example
5675
5676 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5677 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5678
5679 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5680 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5681 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5682 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5683 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5684 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5685 applicable in the ordinary way.
5686
5687 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5688 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5689 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5690 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5691 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5692 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5693 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5694 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5695 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5696 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5697 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5698 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5699
5700 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5701 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5702 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5703
5704 @example
5705 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5706 @end example
5707
5708 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5709 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5710 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5711 spurious error message:
5712
5713 @example
5714 primary: '(' expr ')'
5715 | '(' error ')'
5716 @dots{}
5717 ;
5718 @end example
5719
5720 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5721 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5722 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5723 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5724 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5725 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5726 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5727 @code{stmnt}.
5728
5729 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5730 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5731 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5732 error messages resume.
5733
5734 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5735 as any other rules can.
5736
5737 @findex yyerrok
5738 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5739 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5740 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5741 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5742
5743 @findex yyclearin
5744 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5745 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5746 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5747 action.
5748
5749 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5750 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5751 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5752 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5753 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5754
5755 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5756 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5757 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5758 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5759 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5760
5761 @node Context Dependency
5762 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5763
5764 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5765 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5766 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5767 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5768 languages.
5769
5770 @menu
5771 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5772 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5773 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5774 error recovery rules must be written.
5775 @end menu
5776
5777 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5778 neither clean nor robust.)
5779
5780 @node Semantic Tokens
5781 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5782
5783 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5784 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5785
5786 @example
5787 foo (x);
5788 @end example
5789
5790 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5791 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5792 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5793
5794 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5795 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5796 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5797 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5798 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5799
5800 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5801 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5802 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
5803 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
5804 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
5805 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
5806 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
5807
5808 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
5809 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
5810 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
5811 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
5812 earlier:
5813
5814 @example
5815 typedef int foo, bar;
5816 int baz (void)
5817 @{
5818 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
5819 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
5820 return foo (bar);
5821 @}
5822 @end example
5823
5824 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
5825 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
5826
5827 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
5828 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
5829 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
5830 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
5831 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
5832
5833 @example
5834 initdcl:
5835 declarator maybeasm '='
5836 init
5837 | declarator maybeasm
5838 ;
5839
5840 notype_initdcl:
5841 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
5842 init
5843 | notype_declarator maybeasm
5844 ;
5845 @end example
5846
5847 @noindent
5848 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
5849 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
5850 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
5851
5852 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
5853 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
5854 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
5855 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
5856 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
5857 the syntactic context.
5858
5859 @node Lexical Tie-ins
5860 @section Lexical Tie-ins
5861 @cindex lexical tie-in
5862
5863 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
5864 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
5865 parsed.
5866
5867 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
5868 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
5869 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
5870 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
5871 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
5872
5873 @example
5874 @group
5875 %@{
5876 int hexflag;
5877 int yylex (void);
5878 void yyerror (char const *);
5879 %@}
5880 %%
5881 @dots{}
5882 @end group
5883 @group
5884 expr: IDENTIFIER
5885 | constant
5886 | HEX '('
5887 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
5888 expr ')'
5889 @{ hexflag = 0;
5890 $$ = $4; @}
5891 | expr '+' expr
5892 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
5893 @dots{}
5894 ;
5895 @end group
5896
5897 @group
5898 constant:
5899 INTEGER
5900 | STRING
5901 ;
5902 @end group
5903 @end example
5904
5905 @noindent
5906 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
5907 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
5908 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
5909
5910 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
5911 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
5912 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
5913
5914 @node Tie-in Recovery
5915 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
5916
5917 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
5918 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5919
5920 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
5921 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
5922 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
5923 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
5924
5925 @example
5926 stmt: expr ';'
5927 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
5928 @dots{}
5929 error ';'
5930 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
5931 ;
5932 @end example
5933
5934 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
5935 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
5936 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
5937 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
5938 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
5939
5940 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
5941
5942 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
5943 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
5944 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
5945
5946 @example
5947 @group
5948 expr: @dots{}
5949 | '(' expr ')'
5950 @{ $$ = $2; @}
5951 | '(' error ')'
5952 @dots{}
5953 @end group
5954 @end example
5955
5956 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
5957 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
5958 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
5959 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
5960
5961 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
5962 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
5963 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
5964 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
5965 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
5966 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
5967 clear the flag.
5968
5969 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
5970
5971 @node Debugging
5972 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
5973
5974 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
5975 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
5976 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
5977 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
5978 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
5979 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
5980
5981 @menu
5982 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
5983 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
5984 @end menu
5985
5986 @node Understanding
5987 @section Understanding Your Parser
5988
5989 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
5990 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
5991 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
5992 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
5993 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
5994 file).
5995
5996 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
5997 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
5998 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
5999 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6000 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6001 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6002 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6003
6004 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6005
6006 @example
6007 %token NUM STR
6008 %left '+' '-'
6009 %left '*'
6010 %%
6011 exp: exp '+' exp
6012 | exp '-' exp
6013 | exp '*' exp
6014 | exp '/' exp
6015 | NUM
6016 ;
6017 useless: STR;
6018 %%
6019 @end example
6020
6021 @command{bison} reports:
6022
6023 @example
6024 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6025 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6026 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6027 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6028 @end example
6029
6030 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6031 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6032 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6033 interpretation is the same.
6034
6035 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6036 to precedence and/or associativity:
6037
6038 @example
6039 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6040 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6041 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6042 @exdent @dots{}
6043 @end example
6044
6045 @noindent
6046 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6047
6048 @example
6049 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6050 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6051 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6052 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6053 @end example
6054
6055 @noindent
6056 @cindex token, useless
6057 @cindex useless token
6058 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6059 @cindex useless nonterminal
6060 @cindex rule, useless
6061 @cindex useless rule
6062 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6063 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6064 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6065 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6066 below):
6067
6068 @example
6069 Useless nonterminals:
6070 useless
6071
6072 Terminals which are not used:
6073 STR
6074
6075 Useless rules:
6076 #6 useless: STR;
6077 @end example
6078
6079 @noindent
6080 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6081
6082 @example
6083 Grammar
6084
6085 Number, Line, Rule
6086 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6087 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6088 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6089 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6090 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6091 5 9 exp -> NUM
6092 @end example
6093
6094 @noindent
6095 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6096
6097 @example
6098 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6099
6100 $end (0) 0
6101 '*' (42) 3
6102 '+' (43) 1
6103 '-' (45) 2
6104 '/' (47) 4
6105 error (256)
6106 NUM (258) 5
6107
6108 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6109
6110 $accept (8)
6111 on left: 0
6112 exp (9)
6113 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6114 @end example
6115
6116 @noindent
6117 @cindex item
6118 @cindex pointed rule
6119 @cindex rule, pointed
6120 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6121 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6122 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6123 that the input cursor.
6124
6125 @example
6126 state 0
6127
6128 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6129
6130 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6131
6132 exp go to state 2
6133 @end example
6134
6135 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6136 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6137 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6138 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6139 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6140 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6141 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6142 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6143
6144 @cindex core, item set
6145 @cindex item set core
6146 @cindex kernel, item set
6147 @cindex item set core
6148 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6149 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6150 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6151 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6152 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6153 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6154 be derived:
6155
6156 @example
6157 state 0
6158
6159 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6160 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6161 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6162 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6163 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6164 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6165
6166 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6167
6168 exp go to state 2
6169 @end example
6170
6171 @noindent
6172 In the state 1...
6173
6174 @example
6175 state 1
6176
6177 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6178
6179 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6180 @end example
6181
6182 @noindent
6183 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6184 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6185 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6186 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6187
6188 @example
6189 state 2
6190
6191 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6192 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6193 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6194 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6195 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6196
6197 $ shift, and go to state 3
6198 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6199 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6200 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6201 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6202 @end example
6203
6204 @noindent
6205 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6206 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6207 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6208 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6209 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6210 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6211
6212 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6213 state}:
6214
6215 @example
6216 state 3
6217
6218 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6219
6220 $default accept
6221 @end example
6222
6223 @noindent
6224 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6225 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6226
6227 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6228 the reader.
6229
6230 @example
6231 state 4
6232
6233 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6234
6235 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6236
6237 exp go to state 8
6238
6239 state 5
6240
6241 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6242
6243 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6244
6245 exp go to state 9
6246
6247 state 6
6248
6249 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6250
6251 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6252
6253 exp go to state 10
6254
6255 state 7
6256
6257 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6258
6259 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6260
6261 exp go to state 11
6262 @end example
6263
6264 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6265 1 shift/reduce}:
6266
6267 @example
6268 state 8
6269
6270 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6271 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6272 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6273 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6274 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6275
6276 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6277 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6278
6279 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6280 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6281 @end example
6282
6283 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6284 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6285 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6286 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6287 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6288 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6289 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6290 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6291
6292 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6293 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6294 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6295 square brackets.
6296
6297 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6298 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6299 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6300 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6301 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6302 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6303 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6304 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6305 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6306 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6307 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6308 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6309
6310 @example
6311 state 8
6312
6313 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6314 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6315 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6316 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6317 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6318
6319 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6320 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6321
6322 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6323 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6324 @end example
6325
6326 The remaining states are similar:
6327
6328 @example
6329 state 9
6330
6331 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6332 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6333 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6334 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6335 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6336
6337 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6338 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6339
6340 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6341 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6342
6343 state 10
6344
6345 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6346 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6347 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6348 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6349 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6350
6351 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6352
6353 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6354 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6355
6356 state 11
6357
6358 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6359 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6360 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6361 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6362 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6363
6364 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6365 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6366 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6367 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6368
6369 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6370 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6371 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6372 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6373 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6374 @end example
6375
6376 @noindent
6377 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6378 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6379 @samp{*}, but also because the
6380 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6381
6382
6383 @node Tracing
6384 @section Tracing Your Parser
6385 @findex yydebug
6386 @cindex debugging
6387 @cindex tracing the parser
6388
6389 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6390 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6391
6392 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6393
6394 @table @asis
6395 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6396 @findex YYDEBUG
6397 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6398 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6399 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6400 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6401 Prologue}).
6402
6403 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6404 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6405 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6406
6407 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6408 @findex %debug
6409 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6410 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6411 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6412 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6413 you, this is
6414 the preferred solution.
6415 @end table
6416
6417 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6418 always possible.
6419
6420 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6421 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6422 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6423 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6424 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6425 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6426
6427 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6428 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6429 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6430 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6431
6432 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6433 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6434 messages tell you these things:
6435
6436 @itemize @bullet
6437 @item
6438 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6439
6440 @item
6441 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6442 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6443
6444 @item
6445 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6446 of the state stack afterward.
6447 @end itemize
6448
6449 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6450 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6451 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6452 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6453 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6454 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6455 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6456 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6457 grammar are to blame.
6458
6459 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6460 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6461 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6462 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6463 the grammar it is working.
6464
6465 @findex YYPRINT
6466 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6467 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6468 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6469 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6470 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6471 value (from @code{yylval}).
6472
6473 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6474 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6475
6476 @smallexample
6477 %@{
6478 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6479 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6480 %@}
6481
6482 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6483
6484 static void
6485 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6486 @{
6487 if (type == VAR)
6488 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6489 else if (type == NUM)
6490 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6491 @}
6492 @end smallexample
6493
6494 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6495
6496 @node Invocation
6497 @chapter Invoking Bison
6498 @cindex invoking Bison
6499 @cindex Bison invocation
6500 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6501
6502 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6503
6504 @example
6505 bison @var{infile}
6506 @end example
6507
6508 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6509 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6510 with @samp{.tab.c}. Thus, the @samp{bison foo.y} filename yields
6511 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} filename yields
6512 @file{hack/foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6513 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6514 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6515 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6516 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6517 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate filenames like
6518 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6519
6520 For example :
6521
6522 @example
6523 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6524 @end example
6525 @noindent
6526 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6527
6528 @example
6529 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6530 @end example
6531 @noindent
6532 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6533
6534 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6535 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6536 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6537
6538 @menu
6539 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6540 in alphabetical order by short options.
6541 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6542 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6543 @end menu
6544
6545 @node Bison Options
6546 @section Bison Options
6547
6548 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6549 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6550 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6551 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6552 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6553 @samp{=}.
6554
6555 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6556 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6557 option.
6558
6559 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6560 @noindent
6561 Operations modes:
6562 @table @option
6563 @item -h
6564 @itemx --help
6565 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6566
6567 @item -V
6568 @itemx --version
6569 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6570
6571 @need 1750
6572 @item -y
6573 @itemx --yacc
6574 Equivalent to @samp{-o y.tab.c}; the parser output file is called
6575 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6576 @file{y.tab.h}. The purpose of this option is to imitate Yacc's output
6577 file name conventions. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6578 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6579 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6580
6581 @example
6582 #! /bin/sh
6583 bison -y "$@@"
6584 @end example
6585 @end table
6586
6587 @noindent
6588 Tuning the parser:
6589
6590 @table @option
6591 @item -S @var{file}
6592 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6593 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6594 you are developing Bison.
6595
6596 @item -t
6597 @itemx --debug
6598 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6599 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6600 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6601
6602 @item --locations
6603 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6604
6605 @item -p @var{prefix}
6606 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6607 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6608 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6609
6610 @item -l
6611 @itemx --no-lines
6612 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6613 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6614 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6615 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6616 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6617
6618 @item -n
6619 @itemx --no-parser
6620 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6621
6622 @item -k
6623 @itemx --token-table
6624 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6625 @end table
6626
6627 @noindent
6628 Adjust the output:
6629
6630 @table @option
6631 @item -d
6632 @itemx --defines
6633 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6634 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6635 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6636
6637 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6638 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6639
6640 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6641 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6642 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6643 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6644
6645 @item -r @var{things}
6646 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6647 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6648 separated list of @var{things} among:
6649
6650 @table @code
6651 @item state
6652 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6653 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6654
6655 @item look-ahead
6656 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6657 each rule's look-ahead set.
6658
6659 @item itemset
6660 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6661 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6662 @end table
6663
6664 For instance, on the following grammar
6665
6666 @item -v
6667 @itemx --verbose
6668 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6669 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6670 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6671
6672 @item -o @var{filename}
6673 @itemx --output=@var{filename}
6674 Specify the @var{filename} for the parser file.
6675
6676 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{filename} as
6677 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6678
6679 @item -g
6680 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6681 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6682 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6683 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6684
6685 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6686 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6687 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6688 the output graph filename.
6689 @end table
6690
6691 @node Option Cross Key
6692 @section Option Cross Key
6693
6694 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6695 the corresponding short option.
6696
6697 @tex
6698 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6699
6700 {\tt
6701 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6702 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6703 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6704 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6705 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6706 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6707 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6708 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6709 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6710 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6711 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6712 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6713 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6714 }
6715 @end tex
6716
6717 @ifinfo
6718 @example
6719 --debug -t
6720 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6721 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6722 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6723 --help -h
6724 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6725 --no-lines -l
6726 --no-parser -n
6727 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6728 --token-table -k
6729 --verbose -v
6730 --version -V
6731 --yacc -y
6732 @end example
6733 @end ifinfo
6734
6735 @node Yacc Library
6736 @section Yacc Library
6737
6738 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6739 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6740 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6741 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6742 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6743 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6744 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6745
6746 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6747 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6748
6749 @example
6750 int yyerror (char const *);
6751 @end example
6752
6753 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6754 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6755 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6756
6757 @example
6758 int yyparse (void);
6759 @end example
6760
6761 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6762
6763 @node C++ Language Interface
6764 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6765
6766 @menu
6767 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6768 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6769 @end menu
6770
6771 @node C++ Parsers
6772 @section C++ Parsers
6773
6774 @menu
6775 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6776 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6777 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6778 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6779 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6780 @end menu
6781
6782 @node C++ Bison Interface
6783 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6784 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6785 @c - Always pure
6786 @c - initial action
6787
6788 The C++ parser LALR(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6789 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
6790 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
6791 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
6792 files:
6793 @table @file
6794 @item position.hh
6795 @itemx location.hh
6796 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
6797 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
6798
6799 @item stack.hh
6800 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
6801
6802 @item @var{filename}.hh
6803 @itemx @var{filename}.cc
6804 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
6805 @var{filename} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
6806 rules as with regular C parsers.
6807
6808 Note that @file{@var{filename}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
6809 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
6810 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
6811 @samp{%defines} directive.
6812 @end table
6813
6814 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
6815 for a complete and accurate documentation.
6816
6817 @node C++ Semantic Values
6818 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
6819 @c - No objects in unions
6820 @c - YSTYPE
6821 @c - Printer and destructor
6822
6823 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
6824 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
6825 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
6826 within pseudo-unions (variants) might be implemented to alleviate
6827 these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
6828 @itemize @minus
6829 @item
6830 The name @code{YYSTYPE} also denotes @samp{union YYSTYPE}. You may
6831 forward declare it just with @samp{union YYSTYPE;}.
6832 @item
6833 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
6834 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
6835 to such objects are allowed.
6836 @end itemize
6837
6838 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
6839 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
6840 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
6841 Symbols}.
6842
6843
6844 @node C++ Location Values
6845 @subsection C++ Location Values
6846 @c - %locations
6847 @c - class Position
6848 @c - class Location
6849 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
6850
6851 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
6852 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
6853 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
6854 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
6855 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
6856
6857 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} filename
6858 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
6859 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
6860 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
6861 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
6862 @end deftypemethod
6863
6864 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
6865 The line, starting at 1.
6866 @end deftypemethod
6867
6868 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6869 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
6870 @end deftypemethod
6871
6872 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
6873 The column, starting at 0.
6874 @end deftypemethod
6875
6876 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6877 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
6878 @end deftypemethod
6879
6880 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6881 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6882 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6883 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
6884 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
6885 @end deftypemethod
6886
6887 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
6888 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
6889 @samp{@var{filename}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
6890 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{filename} is null.
6891 @end deftypemethod
6892
6893 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
6894 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
6895 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
6896 @end deftypemethod
6897
6898 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
6899 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
6900 Advance the @code{end} position.
6901 @end deftypemethod
6902
6903 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
6904 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
6905 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
6906 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
6907 @end deftypemethod
6908
6909 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
6910 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
6911 @end deftypemethod
6912
6913
6914 @node C++ Parser Interface
6915 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
6916 @c - define parser_class_name
6917 @c - Ctor
6918 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
6919 @c debug_stream.
6920 @c - Reporting errors
6921
6922 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
6923 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
6924 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
6925 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
6926 this class is detailled below. It can be extended using the
6927 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
6928 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
6929 additional argument for its constructor.
6930
6931 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
6932 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
6933 The types for semantics value and locations.
6934 @end defcv
6935
6936 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
6937 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
6938 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
6939 @end deftypemethod
6940
6941 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
6942 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
6943 @end deftypemethod
6944
6945 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
6946 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
6947 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
6948 @code{std::cerr}.
6949 @end deftypemethod
6950
6951 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
6952 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
6953 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
6954 or non-zero, full tracing.
6955 @end deftypemethod
6956
6957 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
6958 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
6959 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
6960 described by @var{m}.
6961 @end deftypemethod
6962
6963
6964 @node C++ Scanner Interface
6965 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
6966 @c - prefix for yylex.
6967 @c - Pure interface to yylex
6968 @c - %lex-param
6969
6970 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
6971 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
6972 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
6973
6974 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
6975 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
6976 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
6977 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
6978 @end deftypemethod
6979
6980
6981 @node A Complete C++ Example
6982 @section A Complete C++ Example
6983
6984 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
6985 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
6986 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
6987 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
6988 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
6989 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
6990 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
6991 actually easier to interface with.
6992
6993 @menu
6994 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
6995 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
6996 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
6997 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
6998 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
6999 @end menu
7000
7001 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7002 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7003
7004 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7005 expression, possibily preceded by variable assignments. An
7006 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7007 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7008 of valid input follows.
7009
7010 @example
7011 three := 3
7012 seven := one + two * three
7013 seven * seven
7014 @end example
7015
7016 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7017 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7018 @c - An env
7019 @c - A place to store error messages
7020 @c - A place for the result
7021
7022 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7023 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7024 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7025 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7026 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7027 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7028 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7029
7030 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7031 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7032 required standard library components.
7033
7034 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7035 @example
7036 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7037 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7038 # include <string>
7039 # include <map>
7040 @end example
7041
7042 @noindent
7043 Then come forward declarations. Because the parser uses the parsing
7044 driver and reciprocally, simple inclusions of header files will not
7045 do. Because the driver's declaration is the one that will be imported
7046 by the rest of the project, it is saner to forward declare the
7047 parser's information here.
7048
7049 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7050 @example
7051 // Forward declarations.
7052 union YYSTYPE;
7053 namespace yy
7054 @{
7055 class location;
7056 class calcxx_parser;
7057 @}
7058 class calcxx_driver;
7059 @end example
7060
7061 @noindent
7062 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7063 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7064 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7065 factor both as follows.
7066
7067 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7068 @example
7069 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7070 # define YY_DECL \
7071 int yylex (YYSTYPE* yylval, yy::location* yylloc, calcxx_driver& driver)
7072 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7073 YY_DECL;
7074 @end example
7075
7076 @noindent
7077 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7078 members.
7079
7080 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7081 @example
7082 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7083 class calcxx_driver
7084 @{
7085 public:
7086 calcxx_driver ();
7087 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7088
7089 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7090
7091 int result;
7092 @end example
7093
7094 @noindent
7095 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7096 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7097 members.
7098
7099 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7100 @example
7101 // Handling the scanner.
7102 void scan_begin ();
7103 void scan_end ();
7104 bool trace_scanning;
7105 @end example
7106
7107 @noindent
7108 Similarly for the parser itself.
7109
7110 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7111 @example
7112 // Handling the parser.
7113 void parse (const std::string& f);
7114 std::string file;
7115 bool trace_parsing;
7116 @end example
7117
7118 @noindent
7119 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7120 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7121 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7122 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7123
7124 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7125 @example
7126 // Error handling.
7127 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7128 void error (const std::string& m);
7129 @};
7130 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7131 @end example
7132
7133 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7134 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7135 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7136 messages and set error state.
7137
7138 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7139 @example
7140 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7141 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7142
7143 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7144 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7145 @{
7146 variables["one"] = 1;
7147 variables["two"] = 2;
7148 @}
7149
7150 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7151 @{
7152 @}
7153
7154 void
7155 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7156 @{
7157 file = f;
7158 scan_begin ();
7159 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7160 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7161 parser.parse ();
7162 scan_end ();
7163 @}
7164
7165 void
7166 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7167 @{
7168 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7169 @}
7170
7171 void
7172 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7173 @{
7174 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7175 @}
7176 @end example
7177
7178 @node Calc++ Parser
7179 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7180
7181 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking
7182 for the C++ skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7183 specifies the name of the parser class. It then includes the required
7184 headers.
7185
7186 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7187 @example
7188 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7189 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7190 %defines
7191 %@{
7192 # include <string>
7193 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7194 %@}
7195 @end example
7196
7197 @noindent
7198 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7199 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7200 global variables.
7201
7202 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7203 @example
7204 // The parsing context.
7205 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7206 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7207 @end example
7208
7209 @noindent
7210 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7211 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7212 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7213 automatically propagated.
7214
7215 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7216 @example
7217 %locations
7218 %initial-action
7219 @{
7220 // Initialize the initial location.
7221 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7222 @};
7223 @end example
7224
7225 @noindent
7226 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7227 error messages.
7228
7229 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7230 @example
7231 %debug
7232 %error-verbose
7233 @end example
7234
7235 @noindent
7236 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7237 them.
7238
7239 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7240 @example
7241 // Symbols.
7242 %union
7243 @{
7244 int ival;
7245 std::string *sval;
7246 @};
7247 @end example
7248
7249 @noindent
7250 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7251 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7252 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7253 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7254 avoid name clashes.
7255
7256 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7257 @example
7258 %token YYEOF 0 "end of file"
7259 %token TOKEN_ASSIGN ":="
7260 %token <sval> TOKEN_IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7261 %token <ival> TOKEN_NUMBER "number"
7262 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7263 @end example
7264
7265 @noindent
7266 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7267 @code{%destructor}.
7268
7269 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7270 @example
7271 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7272 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7273
7274 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7275 @end example
7276
7277 @noindent
7278 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7279
7280 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7281 @example
7282 %%
7283 %start unit;
7284 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7285
7286 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7287 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7288
7289 assignment: TOKEN_IDENTIFIER ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7290
7291 %left '+' '-';
7292 %left '*' '/';
7293 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7294 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7295 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7296 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7297 | TOKEN_IDENTIFIER @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7298 | TOKEN_NUMBER @{ $$ = $1; @};
7299 %%
7300 @end example
7301
7302 @noindent
7303 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7304 driver.
7305
7306 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7307 @example
7308 void
7309 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7310 const std::string& m)
7311 @{
7312 driver.error (l, m);
7313 @}
7314 @end example
7315
7316 @node Calc++ Scanner
7317 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7318
7319 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7320 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7321
7322 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7323 @example
7324 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7325 # include <string>
7326 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7327 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7328 %@}
7329 @end example
7330
7331 @noindent
7332 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7333 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7334 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7335 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7336
7337 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7338 @example
7339 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7340 @end example
7341
7342 @noindent
7343 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7344
7345 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7346 @example
7347 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7348 int [0-9]+
7349 blank [ \t]
7350 @end example
7351
7352 @noindent
7353 The following paragraph suffices to track locations acurately. Each
7354 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7355 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7356 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7357 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7358 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7359 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7360
7361 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7362 @example
7363 %@{
7364 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7365 %@}
7366 %%
7367 %@{
7368 yylloc->step ();
7369 %@}
7370 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7371 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7372 @end example
7373
7374 @noindent
7375 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report
7376 errors.
7377
7378 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7379 @example
7380 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7381 ":=" return TOKEN_ASSIGN;
7382 @{int@} yylval->ival = atoi (yytext); return TOKEN_NUMBER;
7383 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return TOKEN_IDENTIFIER;
7384 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7385 %%
7386 @end example
7387
7388 @noindent
7389 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7390 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7391
7392 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7393 @example
7394 void
7395 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7396 @{
7397 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7398 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7399 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7400 @}
7401
7402 void
7403 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7404 @{
7405 fclose (yyin);
7406 @}
7407 @end example
7408
7409 @node Calc++ Top Level
7410 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7411
7412 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7413
7414 @comment file: calc++.cc
7415 @example
7416 #include <iostream>
7417 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7418
7419 int
7420 main (int argc, const char* argv[])
7421 @{
7422 calcxx_driver driver;
7423 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7424 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7425 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7426 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7427 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7428 else
7429 @{
7430 driver.parse (*argv);
7431 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7432 @}
7433 @}
7434 @end example
7435
7436 @c ================================================= FAQ
7437
7438 @node FAQ
7439 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7440 @cindex frequently asked questions
7441 @cindex questions
7442
7443 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7444 are addressed.
7445
7446 @menu
7447 * Parser Stack Overflow:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7448 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7449 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7450 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7451 @end menu
7452
7453 @node Parser Stack Overflow
7454 @section Parser Stack Overflow
7455
7456 @display
7457 My parser returns with error with a @samp{parser stack overflow}
7458 message. What can I do?
7459 @end display
7460
7461 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7462 ,Recursive Rules}.
7463
7464 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7465 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7466
7467 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7468 following typical questions:
7469
7470 @display
7471 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7472 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7473 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7474 @end display
7475
7476 @noindent
7477 or
7478
7479 @display
7480 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7481 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7482 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7483 @end display
7484
7485 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7486 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7487 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7488 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7489 @file{first-line.l}:
7490
7491 @verbatim
7492 %{
7493 #include <stdio.h>
7494 #include <stdlib.h>
7495 %}
7496 %%
7497 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7498 %%
7499 int
7500 yyparse (char const *file)
7501 {
7502 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7503 if (!yyin)
7504 exit (2);
7505 /* One token only. */
7506 yylex ();
7507 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7508 exit (3);
7509 return 0;
7510 }
7511
7512 int
7513 main (void)
7514 {
7515 yyparse ("input");
7516 yyparse ("input");
7517 return 0;
7518 }
7519 @end verbatim
7520
7521 @noindent
7522 If the file @file{input} contains
7523
7524 @verbatim
7525 input:1: Hello,
7526 input:2: World!
7527 @end verbatim
7528
7529 @noindent
7530 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7531
7532 @example
7533 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7534 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7535 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7536 input:1: Hello,
7537 input:2: World!
7538 @end example
7539
7540 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7541 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7542 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7543 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7544 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7545 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7546 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7547 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7548 input buffers.
7549
7550 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7551 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7552 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7553 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7554
7555 @node Strings are Destroyed
7556 @section Strings are Destroyed
7557
7558 @display
7559 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7560 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7561 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7562 @end display
7563
7564 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7565 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7566 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7567
7568 @verbatim
7569 %{
7570 #include <stdio.h>
7571 char *yylval = NULL;
7572 %}
7573 %%
7574 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7575 \n /* IGNORE */
7576 %%
7577 int
7578 main ()
7579 {
7580 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7581 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7582 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7583 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7584 return 0;
7585 }
7586 @end verbatim
7587
7588 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7589
7590 @example
7591 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7592 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7593 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7594 "one
7595 two", "two"
7596 @end example
7597
7598 @noindent
7599 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7600 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7601 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7602 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7603 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7604 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7605
7606 @example
7607 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7608 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7609 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7610 "two", "two"
7611 @end example
7612
7613
7614 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7615 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7616
7617 @display
7618 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7619 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7620 @end display
7621
7622 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7623 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7624 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7625 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7626 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7627 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7628 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7629
7630 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7631 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7632 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7633 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7634 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7635 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7636 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7637 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7638 compiler.
7639
7640 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7641 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7642
7643
7644
7645 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7646
7647 @node Table of Symbols
7648 @appendix Bison Symbols
7649 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7650 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7651
7652 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7653 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7654 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7655 @end deffn
7656
7657 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7658 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7659 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7660 @end deffn
7661
7662 @deffn {Variable} $$
7663 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7664 @xref{Actions}.
7665 @end deffn
7666
7667 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7668 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7669 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7670 @end deffn
7671
7672 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7673 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7674 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7675 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7676 @end deffn
7677
7678 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7679 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7680 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7681 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7682 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7683 Grammar}.
7684 @end deffn
7685
7686 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7687 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7688 @end deffn
7689
7690 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7691 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7692 Grammar Rules}.
7693 @end deffn
7694
7695 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7696 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7697 @end deffn
7698
7699 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7700 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7701 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7702 @end deffn
7703
7704 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7705 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7706 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7707 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7708 @end deffn
7709
7710 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7711 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7712 @end deffn
7713
7714 @ifset defaultprec
7715 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7716 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7717 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7718 Precedence}.
7719 @end deffn
7720 @end ifset
7721
7722 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7723 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7724 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7725 @end deffn
7726
7727 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7728 Specifying how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7729 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7730 @end deffn
7731
7732 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7733 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7734 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7735 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7736 @end deffn
7737
7738 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7739 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7740 used in the grammar.
7741 @end deffn
7742
7743 @deffn {Symbol} error
7744 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7745 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7746 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7747 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7748 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7749 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7750 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7751 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7752 @end deffn
7753
7754 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7755 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7756 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7757 @end deffn
7758
7759 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7760 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
7761 Summary}.
7762 @end deffn
7763
7764 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
7765 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
7766 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7767 @end deffn
7768
7769 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
7770 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
7771 @end deffn
7772
7773 @deffn {Directive} %left
7774 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
7775 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7776 @end deffn
7777
7778 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7779 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7780 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
7781 for Pure Parsers}.
7782 @end deffn
7783
7784 @deffn {Directive} %merge
7785 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
7786 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
7787 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
7788 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7789 @end deffn
7790
7791 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
7792 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7793 @end deffn
7794
7795 @ifset defaultprec
7796 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
7797 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7798 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7799 Precedence}.
7800 @end deffn
7801 @end ifset
7802
7803 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
7804 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
7805 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7806 @end deffn
7807
7808 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
7809 Bison declaration to assign non-associativity to token(s).
7810 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7811 @end deffn
7812
7813 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{filename}"
7814 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
7815 Summary}.
7816 @end deffn
7817
7818 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
7819 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
7820 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
7821 Function @code{yyparse}}.
7822 @end deffn
7823
7824 @deffn {Directive} %prec
7825 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
7826 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
7827 @end deffn
7828
7829 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
7830 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
7831 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
7832 @end deffn
7833
7834 @deffn {Directive} %right
7835 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
7836 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
7837 @end deffn
7838
7839 @deffn {Directive} %start
7840 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
7841 Start-Symbol}.
7842 @end deffn
7843
7844 @deffn {Directive} %token
7845 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
7846 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
7847 @end deffn
7848
7849 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
7850 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
7851 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7852 @end deffn
7853
7854 @deffn {Directive} %type
7855 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
7856 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
7857 @end deffn
7858
7859 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
7860 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
7861 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
7862 @code{error}.
7863 @end deffn
7864
7865 @deffn {Directive} %union
7866 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
7867 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
7868 @end deffn
7869
7870 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
7871 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
7872 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
7873 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
7874 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7875 @end deffn
7876
7877 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
7878 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
7879 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
7880 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7881 @end deffn
7882
7883 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
7884 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
7885 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7886 @end deffn
7887
7888 @deffn {Variable} yychar
7889 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the current
7890 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
7891 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
7892 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
7893 @end deffn
7894
7895 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
7896 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
7897 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
7898 @end deffn
7899
7900 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
7901 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
7902 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7903 @end deffn
7904
7905 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
7906 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
7907 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
7908 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7909 @end deffn
7910
7911 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
7912 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
7913 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
7914 @end deffn
7915
7916 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
7917 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
7918 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
7919 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
7920 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
7921 @end deffn
7922
7923 @deffn {Function} yyerror
7924 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
7925 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
7926 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
7927 @end deffn
7928
7929 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
7930 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
7931 to request verbose, specific error message strings
7932 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
7933 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
7934 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
7935 @end deffn
7936
7937 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
7938 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
7939 @xref{Stack Overflow}.
7940 @end deffn
7941
7942 @deffn {Function} yylex
7943 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
7944 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
7945 @code{yylex}}.
7946 @end deffn
7947
7948 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
7949 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
7950 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. he use of this
7951 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
7952 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
7953 @end deffn
7954
7955 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
7956 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
7957 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
7958 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
7959 @code{yylex}.) You can ignore this variable if you don't use the
7960 @samp{@@} feature in the grammar actions. @xref{Token Locations,
7961 ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
7962 @end deffn
7963
7964 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
7965 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
7966 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
7967 @end deffn
7968
7969 @deffn {Variable} yylval
7970 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
7971 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
7972 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
7973 @code{yylex}.) @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
7974 @end deffn
7975
7976 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
7977 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Stack
7978 Overflow}.
7979 @end deffn
7980
7981 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
7982 Global variable which Bison increments each time there is a syntax error.
7983 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
7984 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
7985 @end deffn
7986
7987 @deffn {Function} yyparse
7988 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
7989 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
7990 @end deffn
7991
7992 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
7993 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
7994 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
7995 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
7996 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
7997 @end deffn
7998
7999 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8000 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8001 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8002 @end deffn
8003
8004 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8005 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8006 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8007 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8008 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8009 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8010 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8011
8012 If you define @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} to 1, it is your
8013 responsibility to make sure that @code{alloca} is visible, e.g., by
8014 using @acronym{GCC} or by including @code{<stdlib.h>}. Furthermore,
8015 in the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8016 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8017 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8018 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8019 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8020 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8021 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8025 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8026 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8027 @end deffn
8028
8029 @node Glossary
8030 @appendix Glossary
8031 @cindex glossary
8032
8033 @table @asis
8034 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8035 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8036 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8037 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8038 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8039
8040 @item Context-free grammars
8041 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8042 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8043 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8044 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8045 Grammars}.
8046
8047 @item Dynamic allocation
8048 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8049 compile time or on entry to a function.
8050
8051 @item Empty string
8052 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8053 character string of length zero.
8054
8055 @item Finite-state stack machine
8056 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8057 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8058 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8059 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8060 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8061 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8062
8063 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8064 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8065 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8066 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8067 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8068 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8069 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8070 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8071
8072 @item Grouping
8073 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8074 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8075 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8076
8077 @item Infix operator
8078 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8079 performs some operation.
8080
8081 @item Input stream
8082 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8083
8084 @item Language construct
8085 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8086 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8087 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8088
8089 @item Left associativity
8090 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8091 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8092 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8093
8094 @item Left recursion
8095 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8096 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8097 Rules}.
8098
8099 @item Left-to-right parsing
8100 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8101 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8102
8103 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8104 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8105 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8106
8107 @item Lexical tie-in
8108 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8109 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8110
8111 @item Literal string token
8112 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8113
8114 @item Look-ahead token
8115 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8116 Tokens}.
8117
8118 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8119 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8120 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8121 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8122
8123 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8124 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8125 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8126
8127 @item Nonterminal symbol
8128 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8129 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8130 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8131
8132 @item Parser
8133 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8134 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8135 analyzer.
8136
8137 @item Postfix operator
8138 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8139 performs some operation.
8140
8141 @item Reduction
8142 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8143 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8144 Parser Algorithm}.
8145
8146 @item Reentrant
8147 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8148 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8149 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8150
8151 @item Reverse polish notation
8152 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8153
8154 @item Right recursion
8155 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8156 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8157 Rules}.
8158
8159 @item Semantics
8160 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8161 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8162 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8163
8164 @item Shift
8165 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8166 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8167 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8168
8169 @item Single-character literal
8170 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8171 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8172
8173 @item Start symbol
8174 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8175 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8176 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8177 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8178
8179 @item Symbol table
8180 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8181 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8182 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8183
8184 @item Syntax error
8185 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8186 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8187
8188 @item Token
8189 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8190 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8191 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8192 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8193
8194 @item Terminal symbol
8195 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8196 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8197 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8198 @end table
8199
8200 @node Copying This Manual
8201 @appendix Copying This Manual
8202
8203 @menu
8204 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8205 @end menu
8206
8207 @include fdl.texi
8208
8209 @node Index
8210 @unnumbered Index
8211
8212 @printindex cp
8213
8214 @bye
8215
8216 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8217 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8218 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8219 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8220 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8221 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8222 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8223 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8224 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8225 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8226 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8227 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8228 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8229 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8230 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8231 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8232 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8233 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8234 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8235 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8236 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8237 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8238 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8239 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8240 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8241 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8242 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8243 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8244 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex